-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, LKPfsbVwor9fFc8fpJZdQqiNVkOUzr655y9bBZekPjyHHag58566hs3v7WRkPa7j YAd34Mru0TSwzOZa56dCiA== 0001193125-06-052368.txt : 20060313 0001193125-06-052368.hdr.sgml : 20060313 20060313170301 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-06-052368 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20051231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060313 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060313 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001025536 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS [6022] IRS NUMBER: 364108550 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-50034 FILM NUMBER: 06682706 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 350 EAST DUNDEE ROAD CITY: WHEELING STATE: IL ZIP: 60090 BUSINESS PHONE: 8478086369 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 350 EAST DUNDEE ROAD CITY: WHEELING STATE: IL ZIP: 60090 10-K 1 d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 


 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

 

Commission file number 0-50034

 


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   36-4108550
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

9550 West Higgins Road

Rosemont, Illinois 60018

(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)

 

(847) 653-7978

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

9.75% Trust Preferred Securities Issued by TAYC Capital Trust I and the

Guarantee With Respect Thereto

 


 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨     Accelerated filer  x     Non-accelerated filer  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the last sales price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System on June 30, 2005, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $162,435,929.

 

At March 2, 2006, there were 10,987,858 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III – Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 15, 2006 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

 



Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

INDEX

 

            Page No.

Part I.

           

Item 1.

    

Business

   1

Item 1A.

    

Risk Factors

   9

Item 1B.

    

Unresolved Staff Comments

   13

Item 2.

    

Properties

   13

Item 3.

    

Legal Proceedings

   14

Item 4.

    

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   14

Part II.

           

Item 5.

    

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   15

Item 6.

    

Selected Financial Data

   16

Item 7.

    

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   18

Item 7A.

    

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

   55

Item 8.

    

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   56

Item 9.

    

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   94

Item 9A.

    

Controls and Procedures

   94

Item 9B.

    

Other Information

   96

Part III.

           

Item 10.

    

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   97

Item 11.

    

Executive Compensation

   97

Item 12.

    

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   97

Item 13.

    

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   97

Item 14.

    

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   97

Part IV.

           

Item 15.

    

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

   98


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Our Business

 

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Rosemont, Illinois, a suburb of Chicago, and we derive substantially all of our revenue from our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cole Taylor Bank. Cole Taylor Bank was founded in 1929 by forefathers of the Taylor family and has served the Chicago metropolitan area for over 75 years. Taylor Capital Group, Inc. was formed in 1996 and acquired Cole Taylor Bank in 1997. We provide a range of products and services primarily to closely-held commercial customers and their owner operators in the Chicago metropolitan area. At December 31, 2005, we had assets of approximately $3.3 billion, deposits of approximately $2.5 billion, and stockholders’ equity of $219.3 million.

 

Our primary business is commercial banking and, as of December 31, 2005, approximately 90% of our loan portfolio was comprised of commercial loans. Our targeted commercial lending customers are closely-held, Chicago-area businesses in industries such as manufacturing, wholesale and retail distribution, transportation, construction contracting and professional services. Our commercial lending activities primarily consist of providing loans for working capital, business expansion or acquisition, owner-occupied commercial real estate financing, revolving lines of credit and stand-by and commercial letters of credit.

 

Our real estate lending activities primarily consist of providing loans to professional homebuilders, condominium and commercial real estate developers and investors. Our real estate development customers typically seek acquisition, development and construction loans and stand-by letters of credit. The majority of our development and construction lending is for residential home development, primarily in the Chicago metropolitan area, although we will lend to our existing homebuilder customers in connection with development projects outside of the Chicago metropolitan area. Our real estate investment customers typically seek term financing on selected income producing properties, including multi-family, retail, office and industrial properties.

 

In addition to our lending activities, we offer corporate cash management services and corporate trust services to our commercial customers. Our cash management services, which include internet balance reporting, automated clearing house products, lock-box processing, controlled disbursement, and account reconciliation, help our commercial banking customers meet their cash management needs.

 

We also cross-sell products and services to the owners and executives of our business customers designed to help them meet their personal financial goals. Our product offerings currently include personal customized credit and investment management services. Through third-party providers, we also offer insurance products and brokerage services.

 

We offer deposit products such as checking, savings and money market accounts, time deposits and repurchase agreements to our business customers and community-based customers, typically individuals and small, local businesses, located near our banking centers.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our strategy to build stockholder value is based on a focused plan to be Chicago’s banking specialists for closely-held businesses. Providing commercial banking services to this market niche has been an integral part of Cole Taylor Bank’s strategy since it was founded in 1929. We plan to continue our success by further leveraging the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Relationship oriented. We closely partner with our customers so that we understand the dynamics of the businesses that we serve. We believe this approach allows us to respond promptly to a customer’s needs

 

1


Table of Contents
 

and create the appropriate financial solution. We believe closely-held business owners value a relationship with a banker who understands the challenges and opportunities they face. For this reason, we believe our relationship managers are the number one “product” we bring to the market. We believe that our strategy is therefore dependent upon our continuing ability to attract and retain experienced and successful relationship managers eager to work within our relationship-banking model, and who share our passion for working with closely-held businesses and their owners.

 

    Optimal position in our market. We believe we are well positioned to meet the needs of our target market. We are large enough to handle more complex credit facilities, cash management services and investment products, yet small enough to provide more personalized customer service. We also believe it is important to our customers to have access to senior management who understand what it means to run an owner-operated business. This relationship banking approach, coupled with our ability to offer customized products and financial solutions, is what we believe sets us apart from our competition.

 

    Efficient, organic growth. Since 1997, we have achieved stable organic growth and we expect to continue to increase our profitability by growing our loans outstanding over an efficient expense base and cross-selling other products and services to our commercial lending customers and the owners and managers of those businesses. We believe that we can achieve greater profitability by leveraging our current infrastructure and holding increases in our expense base to levels generally consistent with inflation. We also plan to generate and develop new customer relationships by, among other things, continuing to market and promote our brand in the Chicago metropolitan area.

 

    Effective credit risk management. Our disciplined underwriting and credit administration and monitoring process is critical to our success. Since 1997, we have maintained our losses from uncollectible loans in a range of 24 to 50 basis points of our total loan portfolio.

 

    Focus on our targeted customers. We focus our time and resources on closely-held businesses and the owners and managers of these businesses. We seek to leverage our commercial relationships by cross-selling products and services to address the personal financial needs of these business owners and managers. Expanding on the relationships we have built with these key decision-makers by helping them meet their personal financial goals through products such as personal customized credit, financial planning and investment management services, in addition to our array of deposit products, is a opportunity for us.

 

Competition

 

We encounter intense competition for all of our products and services, including substantial competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in obtaining loan customers. The principal competitive factors in the banking and financial services industry are quality of services to customers, ease of access to services and pricing of services, including interest rates paid on deposits, interest rates charged on loans, as well as credit terms and underwriting requirements, and fees charged for trust, investment and other professional services. Our principal competitors are numerous and include other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual funds, money market funds, finance companies, credit unions, mortgage companies, the United States Government, private issuers of debt obligations and suppliers of other investment alternatives, such as securities firms.

 

Many of our competitors are significantly larger than us and have access to greater financial and other resources. In addition, many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks or the state regulations governing state chartered banks. As a result, our non-bank competitors may have advantages over us in providing some services.

 

Employees

 

Together with the Bank, we had approximately 427 full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2005. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

 

2


Table of Contents

Supervision and Regulation

 

General

 

Financial institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, our growth and earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory authorities, including the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (the “DFPR”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Furthermore, taxation laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities and securities laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and state securities authorities have an impact on our business. The effect of these statutes, regulations and regulatory policies may be significant, and cannot be predicted with a high degree of certainty.

 

Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to financial institutions regulate, among other things, the scope of business, the kinds and amounts of investments, reserve requirements, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers and consolidations and the payment of dividends. This system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework for our operations and those of our subsidiaries and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and depositors of the Bank, rather than stockholders.

 

The following is a summary of the material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to us and our subsidiaries. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described. As such, the following is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable law. Any change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies may have a material effect on our business and the business of our subsidiaries.

 

The Company

 

General. We, as the sole stockholder of the Bank, are a bank holding company. As a bank holding company, we are registered with, and are subject to regulation by, the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances where we might not otherwise do so. Under the BHCA, we are subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve. We are required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of our operations and such additional information regarding us and our subsidiaries as the Federal Reserve may require. We are also subject to regulation by the DFPR under Illinois law.

 

Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control. The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The BHCA generally requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or any acquisition by a bank holding company of another bank or bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company.

 

The BHCA generally prohibits us from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of

 

3


Table of Contents

banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve to be “so closely related to banking … as to be a proper incident thereto.” This authority would permit us to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the operation of a thrift, consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development), and mortgage banking and brokerage. The BHCA generally does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.

 

Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature, incidental to any such financial activity or complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. As of the date of this filing, we have not applied for approval to operate as a financial holding company.

 

Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is conclusively presumed to exist upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain circumstances at 10% ownership.

 

Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines. If capital levels fall below the minimum required levels, a bank holding company, among other things, may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.

 

The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines establish the following minimum regulatory capital requirements for bank holding companies: (i) a risk-based requirement expressed as a percentage of total assets weighted according to risk; and (ii) a leverage requirement expressed as a percentage of total assets. The risk-based requirement consists of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4%. The leverage requirement consists of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly rated companies, with a minimum requirement of 4% for all others. For purposes of these capital standards, Tier 1 capital consists primarily of permanent stockholders’ equity less intangible assets (other than certain loan servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships). Total capital consists primarily of Tier 1 capital plus certain other debt and equity instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 capital and a portion of the company’s allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

The risk-based and leverage standards described above are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations. For example, the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions (i.e., Tier 1 capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels. As of December 31, 2005, we had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve’s minimum requirements.

 

Dividend Payments. Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies. As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to the limitations of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). The DGCL allows us to pay dividends only out of our surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the

 

4


Table of Contents

provisions of the DGCL) or if we have no such surplus, out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Additionally, policies of the Federal Reserve caution that a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.

 

Federal Securities Regulation. Our common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Consequently, we are subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

The Bank

 

General. The Bank is an Illinois-chartered bank, the deposit accounts of which are insured by the FDIC’s Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”). The Bank is also a member of the Federal Reserve System (“member bank”). As an Illinois-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank, the Bank is presently subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the DFPR, the chartering authority for Illinois banks, the Federal Reserve, as the primary federal regulator of member banks, and the FDIC, as administrator of the BIF.

 

Deposit Insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system under which all insured depository institutions are placed into one of nine categories and assessed insurance premiums based upon their respective levels of capital and results of supervisory evaluations. Institutions classified as well-capitalized (as defined by the FDIC) and considered healthy pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than adequately capitalized (as defined by the FDIC) and considered of substantial supervisory concern pay the highest premium. Risk classification of all insured institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2005, BIF assessments ranged from 0% of deposits to 0.27% of deposits. For the semi-annual assessment period beginning January 1, 2006, BIF assessment rates will continue to range from 0% of deposits to 0.27% of deposits.

 

FICO Assessments. Since 1987, a portion of the deposit insurance assessments paid by members of the FDIC’s Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) has been used to cover interest payments due on the outstanding obligations of the Financing Corporation (“FICO”). FICO was created in 1987 to finance the recapitalization of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the SAIF’s predecessor insurance fund. As a result of federal legislation enacted in 1996, beginning as of January 1, 1997, both SAIF members and BIF members became subject to assessments to cover the interest payments on outstanding FICO obligations until the final maturity of such obligations in 2019. These FICO assessments are in addition to amounts assessed by the FDIC for deposit insurance. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the FICO assessment rate for BIF and SAIF members was approximately 0.01% of deposits.

 

Supervisory Assessments. All Illinois banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the DFPR to fund the operations of the DFPR. The amount of the assessment is calculated on the basis of the bank’s total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the DFPR totaling $257,000.

 

Capital Requirements. Banks are generally required to maintain capital levels in excess of other businesses. The regulations of the Federal Reserve establish the following minimum capital standards for the banks regulated by the Federal Reserve: (i) a leverage requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets

 

5


Table of Contents

of 3% for the most highly-rated banks with a minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others; and (ii) a risk-based capital requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4%. In general, the components of Tier 1 capital and total capital are the same as those for bank holding companies discussed above.

 

The capital requirements described above are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions. For example, regulations of the Federal Reserve provide that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.

 

Further, federal law and regulations provide various incentives for financial institutions to maintain regulatory capital at levels in excess of minimum regulatory requirements. For example, a financial institution that is “well-capitalized” may qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements otherwise applicable to certain types of activities and may qualify for expedited processing of other required notices or applications. Additionally, one of the criteria that determines a bank holding company’s eligibility to operate as a financial holding company is a requirement that all of its financial institution subsidiaries be “well-capitalized.” Under the regulations of the Federal Reserve, in order to be “well-capitalized” a financial institution must maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10% or greater, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 6% or greater and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 5% or greater.

 

Federal law also provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution’s asset growth and restricting its activities; (iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be acquired; (iv) restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; (viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

 

As of December 31, 2005: (i) the Bank was not subject to a directive from the Federal Reserve to increase its capital to an amount in excess of the minimum regulatory capital requirements; (ii) the Bank exceeded its minimum regulatory capital requirements under Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines; and (iii) the Bank was “well-capitalized,” as defined by Federal Reserve regulations.

 

Dividend Payments. Our primary source of funds is dividends from the Bank. Under the Illinois Banking Act, Illinois-chartered banks generally may not pay dividends in excess of their net profits. Without Federal Reserve approval, a state member bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year that, in the aggregate, exceed the bank’s calendar year-to-date net income plus the bank’s retained net income for the two preceding calendar years.

 

The payment of dividends by any financial institution or its holding company is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, the Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2005, approximately $78.4 million was available to be paid as dividends by the Bank. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the Federal

 

6


Table of Contents

Reserve may prohibit the payment of any dividends by the Bank if the Federal Reserve determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

Insider Transactions. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to us, on investments in our stock or other securities and the acceptance of our stock or other securities as collateral for loans made by the Bank. Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to our directors and officers, to our principal stockholders and to “related interests” of such directors, officers and principal stockholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who is one of our directors or officers, a director or officer of the Bank or one of our principal stockholders may obtain credit from banks with which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.

 

In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution’s rate of growth, require the institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal banking regulators, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

 

Branching Authority. Illinois banks, such as the Bank, have the authority under Illinois law to establish branches anywhere in the State of Illinois, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals.

 

Federal law permits state and national banks to merge with banks in other states subject to: (i) regulatory approval; (ii) federal and state deposit concentration limits; and (iii) state law limitations requiring the merging bank to have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) prior to the merger. The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) is permitted only in those states the laws of which expressly authorize such expansion.

 

State Bank Investments and Activities. The Bank generally is permitted to make investments and engage in activities directly or through subsidiaries as authorized by Illinois law. However, under federal law and FDIC regulations, FDIC-insured state banks are prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from making or retaining equity investments of a type, or in an amount, that are not permissible for a national bank. Federal law and FDIC regulations also prohibit FDIC-insured state banks and their subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, from engaging as principal in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank unless the bank meets, and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory capital requirements and the FDIC determines the activity would not pose a significant risk to the deposit insurance fund of which the bank is a member. These restrictions have not had, and are not currently expected to have, a material impact on the operations of the Bank.

 

Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve regulations, as presently in effect, require depository institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking

 

7


Table of Contents

accounts), as follows: for transaction accounts aggregating $48.3 million or less, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction accounts; and for transaction accounts aggregating in excess of $48.3 million, the reserve requirement is $1.215 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $48.3 million. The first $7.8 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements.

 

Recent Regulatory Developments

 

On February 8, 2006, President Bush signed the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (“FDIRA”) into law as part of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005. On February 15, 2006, President Bush signed into law the technical and conforming amendments designed to implement FDIRA. FDIRA provides for legislative reforms to modernize the federal deposit insurance system.

 

Among other things, FDIRA: (i) merges the BIF and the SAIF of the FDIC into a new Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”); (ii) allows the FDIC, after March 31, 2010, to increase deposit insurance coverage by an adjustment for inflation and requires the FDIC’s Board of Directors, not later than April 1, 2010 and every five years thereafter, to consider whether such an increase is warranted; (iii) increases the deposit insurance limit for certain employee benefit plan deposits from $100,000 to $250,000, subject to adjustments for inflation after March 31, 2010, and provides for pass-through insurance coverage for such deposits; (iv) increases the deposit insurance limit for certain retirement account deposits from $100,000 to $250,000, subject to adjustments for inflation after March 31, 2010; (v) allows the FDIC’s Board of Directors to set deposit insurance premium assessments in any amount the Board of Directors deems necessary or appropriate, after taking into account various factors specified in FDIRA; (vi) replaces the fixed designated reserve ratio of 1.25% with a reserve ratio range of 1.15%-1.50%, with the specific reserve ratio to be determined annually by the FDIC by regulation; (vii) permits the FDIC to revise the risk-based assessment system by regulation; (viii) requires the FDIC, at the end of any year in which the reserve ratio of the DIF exceeds 1.50% of estimated insured deposits, to declare a dividend payable to insured depository institutions in an amount equal to 100% of the amount held by the DIF in excess of the amount necessary to maintain the DIF’s reserve ratio at 1.50% of estimated insured deposits or to declare a dividend equal to 50% of the amount in excess of the amount necessary to maintain the reserve ratio at 1.35% if the reserve ratio is between 1.35%-1.50% of estimated insured deposits; and (ix) provides a one-time credit based upon the assessment base of the institution on December 31, 1996 to each insured depository institution that was in existence as of December 31, 1996 and paid a deposit insurance assessment prior to that date (or a successor to any such institution).

 

The merger of the BIF and the SAIF will take effect no later than July 1, 2006, while the remaining provisions are not effective until the FDIC issues final regulations. FDIRA requires the FDIC to issue final regulations no later than 270 days after enactment: (i) designating a reserve ratio; (ii) implementing increases in deposit insurance coverage; (iii) implementing the dividend requirement; (iv) implementing the one-time assessment credit; and (v) providing for assessments in accordance with FDIRA.

 

Available Information

 

Our website is www.taylorcapitalgroup.com. We make available on this website under the caption “Financial Reports”, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the SEC.

 

8


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

You should read carefully and consider the following risks and uncertainties because they could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability.

 

We are subject to interest rate risk. We realize income primarily from the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience imbalances in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities and the relationships of various interest rates to each other. Over any defined period of time, our interest-earning assets may be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-bearing liabilities, or vice versa. In addition, the individual market interest rates underlying our loan and deposit products (e.g., LIBOR and prime) may not change to the same degree over a given time period. In any event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, our earnings may be negatively affected. In addition, loan volume and quality and deposit volume and mix can be affected by market interest rates. Changes in levels of market interest rates could materially adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, origination volume and overall profitability.

 

As of December 31, 2005, our internal financial models indicated an exposure to our net interest income from both declining or flat rates. If market interest rates were to remain flat and we experienced no change in the volume and mix of our earning assets or funding liabilities, we expect that our earning asset yields would likely remain flat and our liability rates would likely increase, resulting in a reduced net interest spread. Our net interest income would also likely decline if rates were to fall. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2005, our net interest income at risk for year one in a falling rate scenario of 200 basis points would be approximately $3.0 million, or 2.75%, lower than our net interest income in a rates unchanged scenario. Computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan and security prepayments, deposit decay and pricing and reinvestment strategies and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

 

We manage interest rate risk by managing our volume and mix of our earning assets and funding liabilities and using derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate risk associated with specific hedged items. In a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage this risk effectively. If we are unable to manage interest rate risk effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

 

Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposit withdrawals and support our future growth.

 

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to what is provided by in-market deposits and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which include brokered and out-of-local-market certificates of deposit, broker/dealer repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, advances. At December 31, 2005, we had approximately $505.8 million of brokered deposits, $131.1 million of out-of-local-market certificates of deposit, $100.0 million of broker/dealer repurchase agreements, and $75.0 million of FHLB advances outstanding. Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to an inability to obtain the necessary funding at maturity. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available at acceptable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected.

 

9


Table of Contents

We may be unable to respond cost effectively to deposit volatility created by significant deposit customers.

 

As a part of our liquidity management, we must ensure we can respond effectively to potential volatility in our customers’ deposit balances. We have customers that maintain significant deposit balances, the immediate withdrawal of which would be material to our daily liquidity management. We could encounter difficulty meeting a significant deposit outflow which could negatively impact our profitability or reputation. We use primarily FHLB borrowings, broker/dealer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased to meet immediate liquidity needs. In addition, the Bank is able to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank through the Borrower-in-Custody (“BIC”) program. At December 31, 2005, the Bank maintained pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowing lines at various correspondent banks totaling $165 million, repurchase agreement availability with major brokers and banks totaling $750 million and collateral under the BIC program for borrowings totaling $308 million. While we believe these alternative funding sources are adequate to meet any significant unanticipated deposit withdrawal, we may not be able to manage the risk of deposit volatility effectively.

 

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio.

 

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the corresponding balance sheet date. However, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially adversely affect our operating results.

 

In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider numerous quantitative factors, including our historical charge-off experience, growth of our loan portfolio, changes in the composition of our loan portfolio and the volume of delinquent and criticized loans. In addition, we use information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and estimated collateral values under various liquidation scenarios, to estimate the risk and amount of loss for those borrowers. Finally, we also consider many qualitative factors, including general and economic business conditions, duration of the current business cycle, the impact of competition on our underwriting terms, current general market collateral valuations, trends apparent in any of the factors we take into account and other matters, which are by nature more subjective and fluid. Our estimates of the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan are complicated by the significant uncertainties surrounding our borrowers’ abilities to successfully execute their business models through changing economic environments, competitive challenges and other factors. Because of the degree of uncertainty and susceptibility of these factors to change, our actual losses may vary from our current estimates.

 

As a business bank, our loan portfolio is comprised primarily of commercial loans to businesses. These loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individual consumers and generally are viewed as having more risk of default than first lien residential real estate loans. Larger commercial loans also can cause greater volatility in reported credit quality performance measures, such as total impaired or nonperforming loans. For example, our current credit risk rating and loss estimate with respect to a single sizeable loan can have a material impact on our reported impaired loans and related loss exposure estimates. Because our loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of any one or a few of these loans may cause a significant increase in uncollectible loans that could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to the conditions of the local economy in which we operate.

 

Our success is dependent to a significant extent upon economic conditions in the Chicago metropolitan area, where substantially all of our loans are originated. For example, our small- and middle-market business and

 

10


Table of Contents

commercial real estate customers in the Chicago metropolitan area could be significantly affected by a local recession or economic downturn, which may result in an increase of defaults on outstanding loans and reduced demand for future loans, both of which could adversely affect us. Adverse changes in the economy of the Chicago metropolitan area could also impair our ability to gather deposits and could otherwise have a negative effect on our business, including the demand for new loans, the ability of customers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2005, 71% of our loan portfolio involves loans that are to some degree secured by real estate properties located primarily within the Chicago metropolitan area. In the event that real estate values in the Chicago area decline, the value of this collateral would be impaired.

 

Competition from financial institutions and other financial services providers may adversely affect our growth and profitability.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry and experience intense competition from other financial institutions in our market. We compete with these institutions in making loans, attracting deposits and recruiting and retaining talented people. Many of our competitors are well-established, larger financial institutions. We have observed that the competition in our market for making commercial loans has resulted in more competitive pricing and credit structure as well as intense competition for skilled commercial lending officers. These trends could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow and remain profitable. Significant discounting of interest rates offered on loans negatively impacts interest income and can therefore adversely impact net interest income. More liberal credit structures can expose a financial institution to higher losses from lending activities. An inability to recruit and retain skilled commercial loan officers poses a significant barrier to retaining and growing our customer base.

 

While we believe we can and do successfully compete with other financial institutions in our market, we may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size and lack of geographic diversification. Although our competitive strategy is to provide a distinctly superior customer and employee experience, we can give no assurance this strategy will be successful.

 

We are dependent upon the services of our senior management team.

 

Our future success and profitability is substantially dependent upon the management and banking abilities of our senior executives, including Jeffrey and Bruce Taylor, the two most senior officers of our company and Cole Taylor Bank. We have not entered into employment or non-competition agreements with Jeffrey or Bruce Taylor or any other officers of our company or Cole Taylor Bank, and can provide no assurance that we will be able to retain these key people or prevent them from competing with us should we lose their services. The unexpected loss of the services of any one of these key people could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business strategy is dependent on our ability to attract, develop and retain highly skilled and experienced personnel in our customer relationship positions.

 

Our competitive strategy is to provide each of our commercial customers with a highly skilled relationship manager that will serve as the customer’s key point of contact with us. Our business model is to provide our customers with seasoned relationship managers that can deliver greater value to our customers than our competitors. Achieving the status of a “trusted advisor” for our customers also requires that we minimize relationship manager turnover and provide stability to the customer relationship. Competition for experienced personnel is intense, and we have no existing non-competition agreements with our key personnel, including our relationship managers. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully attract and retain such personnel or prevent them from competing with us should we lose their services.

 

We may not be able to execute our growth strategy.

 

Our future success depends on our achieving growth in commercial banking relationships that result in increased commercial loans outstanding at yields that are profitable to us. Achieving our growth targets requires

 

11


Table of Contents

us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market, thereby increasing our share of the market. Our strategy is to provide a local, high-touch relationship servicing experience that we believe is attractive to customers in our marketplace. We cannot assure you that we will be able to expand our market presence or that any such expansion will not adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our strategy for future growth also may place a significant strain on our management, personnel, systems and resources. Maintaining strong credit quality while growing our loan portfolio is critical to achieving and sustaining profitable growth. We cannot assure you that we will manage our growth effectively. If we fail to do so, our business could be materially harmed.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment in which we operate.

 

We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, which is primarily for the protection of depositors and customers rather than for the benefit of investors. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision primarily by the Federal Reserve. Cole Taylor Bank, as an Illinois-chartered member bank, is subject to regulation and supervision by the DFPR and by the Federal Reserve. We must undergo periodic examinations by our regulators, who have extensive discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks and bank holding companies. Our failure to comply with state and federal regulations can lead to, among other things, termination or suspension of our licenses, rights of rescission for borrowers, class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with these regulations. Recently enacted, proposed and future legislation and regulations have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on the financial services industry. Regulatory or legislative changes could cause us to change or limit some of our loan products or the way we operate our business and could adversely affect our profitability.

 

Our business is subject to the vagaries of domestic and international economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and could significantly harm our business.

 

Our business is directly affected by domestic and international factors that are beyond our control, including economic, political and market conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, competition, changes in government monetary and fiscal policies, consolidation within our customer base and within our industry and inflation. For example, a significant decline in general economic conditions, such as recession, increased unemployment and other factors beyond our control, would significantly impact our business. A deterioration in economic conditions may result in a decrease in demand for commercial credit and a decline in real estate and other asset values. Delinquencies, foreclosures and losses generally increase during economic slowdowns and recessions, and we therefore expect that our servicing costs and credit losses would increase during such periods. Alternatively, increases in the level of interest rates could negatively impact the real estate market resulting in reduced real estate development activity and reduced debt service coverage.

 

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud.

 

There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees of financial services firms in recent years. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. Employee fraud, errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to civil claims for negligence.

 

We maintain a system of internal controls and procedures designed to reduce the risk of loss from employee or customer fraud or misconduct and employee errors as well as insurance coverage to mitigate against

 

12


Table of Contents

operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if an occurrence is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We are subject to security risks relating to our internet banking activities that could damage our reputation and our business.

 

Security breaches in our internet banking activities could expose us to possible liability and damage our reputation. Any compromise of our security also could deter customers from using our internet banking services that involve the transmission of confidential information. We rely on standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures that could result in damage to our reputation and our business.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

We have no unresolved staff comments.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

In recent periods, we have taken steps to better rationalize the use of our physical space. These steps have included consolidating administrative and operating departments to a corporate center, disposing of owned properties, terminating existing operating leases, and modifying the locations of our banking centers to better fit our customers’ needs.

 

In October 2003, we moved our principal offices to our Corporate Center at 9550 West Higgins Road, Rosemont, Illinois. We lease our Corporate Center under an operating lease that commenced on September 10, 2003 and expires on August 31, 2014. We have the option to renew the lease for up to two additional five-year terms, which would extend the lease to August 31, 2024. In 2005, we also agreed to lease approximately 4,000 additional square feet on the first floor of the building where our Corporate Center is located for a customer banking center. This Rosemont banking center is scheduled to open in early 2006.

 

In connection with the consolidation of our offices, we abandoned two of the three floors at our leased Wheeling, Illinois facility, two of the four floors at our owned Burbank facility and all of our Ashland facility. Additionally, we have taken further steps to reduce the space at each of these facilities. We had recorded a $3.5 million lease abandonment charge during 2003 when we abandoned the second and third floor of our Wheeling location, and an additional $984,000 charge in 2004 when we reached a final agreement to terminate the lease. Upon termination of our obligation under the existing lease, we signed a new 10 year operating lease for 8,274 square feet on the first floor of the facility for a smaller banking center. This lease is scheduled to run through February 2015, with an optional five-year renewal term that could extend the term to February 2020.

 

In June 2004, we sold our Burbank facility, and agreed to lease-back space on the lower level and the first and fourth floors for the banking center and operating departments still at that location. We had previously vacated the second and third floors during the corporate center consolidation. The gain of $245,000 realized from the sale was deferred and is being amortized over the ten-year life of the lease.

 

In December 2004, we also completed the sale of our Ashland banking center. We agreed to sell this property in 2002 and, at that time, recorded a $386,000 loss to reduce the net book value to the estimated net sales price. We retained a portion of the land at the site to build a smaller banking facility which was completed and became operational in 2005.

 

We have also modified the physical profile of our banking center locations by opening two new locations and selling one other location. In 2004, we opened a 2,470 square foot banking center located in an office

 

13


Table of Contents

building in Itasca, Illinois, a northwest suburb of Chicago. The facility is leased under an operating lease with a 39-month term. We also signed a 39-month operating lease for a 2,790 square feet banking center located in Orland Park, Illinois, a southern suburb of Chicago. This banking center opened in 2005, and we have the option of extending the lease for two additional five-year terms that could extend the maturity to March 2017.

 

On January 27, 2005, we completed the sale of our Broadview banking center. In addition to selling the physical land and building, we sold approximately $19.7 million of deposit balances and $5.3 million of loans associated with the banking center. We recorded a $1.6 million gain on the sale of this banking center during the first quarter of 2005.

 

Upon the opening of our Rosemont banking center in 2006, we will have twelve banking centers. Of the twelve locations, we own five of the buildings from which the banking centers are operated, including Ashland, Skokie, Yorktown, Old Orchard, and Milwaukee. We lease the land under the buildings at Yorktown, Old Orchard and Milwaukee. We lease the buildings for our Wheeling, Burbank, Woodlawn, West Washington, Itasca, Orland Park, and Rosemont banking facilities. The current leases for the Woodlawn and West Washington facilities are set to expire in May 2013 and December 2007, respectively.

 

The following is a list of our administrative and customer banking locations:

 

Facility


  

Address


  

Square

Feet


Corporate Center

   9550 West Higgins Road, Rosemont, Illinois    112,212

West Washington

   111 West Washington, Chicago, Illinois    40,662

Milwaukee

   1965 North Milwaukee, Chicago, Illinois    27,394

Burbank

   5501 West 79th Street, Burbank, Illinois    20,318

Skokie

   4400 West Oakton, Skokie, Illinois    15,800

Yorktown

   One Yorktown Center, Lombard, Illinois    12,400

Old Orchard

   Golf Road and Skokie Boulevard, Skokie, Illinois    10,000

Wheeling

   350 East Dundee Road, Wheeling, Illinois    8,274

Ashland

   1542 W. 47th Street, Chicago, Illinois    6,000

Orland Park

   15014 LaGrange Road, Orland Park, Illinois    2,790

Itasca

   1250 North Arlington Heights Road, Itasca, Illinois    2,470

Woodlawn

   824 E. 63rd Street, Chicago, Illinois    2,100

 

On an ongoing basis we evaluate additional potential sites for new banking center locations. We carefully assess local market opportunities and explore facility options from leasing to acquisition and construction. In connection with those activities, we sometimes enter into non-binding letters of intent. No firm commitments have been executed for additional sites at this time.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

We are a party to litigation from time to time arising in the normal course of business. As of the date of this annual report, management knows of no threatened or pending legal actions against us that are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2005.

 

14


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “TAYC”. The high and low sales price of our common stock for the periods indicated is set forth below:

 

     High

   Low

2005

             

Quarter Ended March 31

   $ 34.15    $ 30.02

Quarter Ended June 30

     39.50      30.89

Quarter Ended September 30

     39.75      36.00

Quarter Ended December 31

     41.99      37.10

2004

             

Quarter Ended March 31

   $ 28.75    $ 23.00

Quarter Ended June 30

     25.00      19.97

Quarter Ended September 30

     24.46      21.38

Quarter Ended December 31

     35.20      23.46

 

As of March 2, 2006, the closing price of our common stock was $37.50

 

As of March 2, 2006, there were 62 stockholders of record of the common stock, based upon securities position listings furnished to us by our transfer agent. We believe the number of beneficial owners is greater than the number of record holders because a large portion of our common stock is held of record through brokerage firms in “street name”.

 

The following table sets forth, for each quarter in 2005 and 2004, the dividends declared on our common stock:

 

     2005 Dividends Per
Share of Common
Stock


   2004 Dividends Per
Share of Common
Stock


First quarter

   $ 0.06    $ 0.06

Second quarter

     0.06      0.06

Third quarter

     0.06      0.06

Fourth quarter

     0.06      0.06

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive any cash dividends that may be declared by our Board of Directors. Since 1997, we have paid regular cash dividends on our common stock. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, the capital requirements of the company and our subsidiaries, regulatory conditions and considerations and other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

It is our intention to continue to pay cash dividends on the common stock to the extent permitted by applicable banking regulations and the terms of the junior subordinated debentures. As a holding company, we ultimately are dependent upon the Bank to provide funding for our operating expenses, debt service, and dividends. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends, management fees and other distributions by the Bank to us, and may therefore limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. We will also be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock if we fail to make distributions or required payments on the trust preferred securities. See the section of Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, captioned “Liquidity” for additional details of restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us.

 

We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2005. We currently do not have any Board of Director authorized share repurchase programs.

 

15


Table of Contents

In 2005, we did not make any unregistered sales of equity securities.

 

Pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, on August 17, 2005, we completed a public offering of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $36.30 per share. On September 2, 2005, we issued an additional 150,000 shares in connection with an over-allotment option granted to our underwriters.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

The selected consolidated financial data presented below under the caption “Taylor Capital Group, Inc.” as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2005, is derived from our historical financial statements. The selected financial information presented below under the caption of “Cole Taylor Bank” is derived from unaudited financial statements of the Bank or from the audited consolidated financial statements of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. You should read this information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. Results from past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period. All share and per share information for all periods presented has been adjusted for a three-for-two split of our common stock that was effected as a dividend to stockholders of record as of October 2, 2002.

 

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. (consolidated):

                                       

Income Statement Data:

                                       

Net interest income

  $ 108,607     $ 94,523     $ 95,730     $ 101,335     $ 91,718  

Provision for loan losses

    5,523       10,083       9,233       9,900       9,700  
   


 


 


 


 


Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    103,084       84,440       86,497       91,435       82,018  

Noninterest income:

                                       

Service charges

    9,022       10,854       12,336       12,206       11,914  

Trust and investment management fees

    4,545       5,331       4,852       5,267       6,425  

Gain on sale of investment securities, net

    127       144       —         2,076       2,333  

Sale of branch and land trusts

    3,572       —         —         —         —    

Net cash settlements on CD swaps

    684       2,166       —         —         —    

Change in fair value of CD swaps

    (3,887 )     27       —         —         —    

Other noninterest income

    3,802       2,997       2,853       2,430       3,601  
   


 


 


 


 


Total noninterest income

    17,865       21,519       20,041       21,979       24,273  

Noninterest expense:

                                       

Salaries and employee benefits

    40,255       38,951       41,066       43,780       43,207  

Legal fees, net

    1,891       1,808       943       4,098       2,504  

Goodwill amortization

    —         —         —         —         2,316  

Lease abandonment and termination charges

    —         984       3,534       —         —    

Litigation settlement charge

    —         —         —         61,900       —    

Other noninterest expense

    27,509       29,930       33,680       33,376       31,105  
   


 


 


 


 


Total noninterest expense

    69,655       71,673       79,223       143,154       79,132  
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before income taxes

    51,294       34,286       27,315       (29,740 )     27,159  

Income taxes

    19,523       11,313       8,568       11,675       9,528  
   


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

    31,771       22,973       18,747       (41,415 )     17,631  

Preferred dividend requirements

    —         (1,875 )     (3,443 )     (3,442 )     (3,443 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

  $ 31,771     $ 21,098     $ 15,304     $ (44,857 )   $ 14,188  
   


 


 


 


 


Common Share Data: (1) 

                                       

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 3.16     $ 2.21     $ 1.62     $ (6.12 )   $ 2.07  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

    3.09       2.19       1.61       (6.12 )     2.05  

Cash dividends per share

    0.24       0.24       0.24       0.24       0.24  

Book value per share

    19.99       16.12       14.57       13.87       19.41  

Dividend payout ratio

    7.77 %     10.96 %     14.91 %     (3.92 )%     11.61 %

Weighted average shares – basic earnings per share

    10,045,358       9,539,242       9,449,336       7,323,979       6,862,761  

Weighted average shares – diluted earnings per share

    10,286,647       9,644,515       9,528,785       7,323,979       6,908,070  

Shares outstanding – end of year

    10,973,829       9,653,549       9,486,724       9,410,660       6,836,028  

 

16


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. (consolidated):

                                       

Balance Sheet Data (at end of year):

                                       

Total assets

  $ 3,280,672     $ 2,889,048     $ 2,603,656     $ 2,535,461     $ 2,390,670  

Investment securities

    656,753       533,619       488,302       501,606       494,208  

Total loans

    2,384,931       2,211,606       1,962,008       1,879,474       1,741,637  

Allowance for loan losses

    37,481       37,484       34,356       34,073       31,118  

Goodwill

    23,237       23,354       23,354       23,354       23,354  

Total deposits

    2,543,644       2,284,697       2,013,084       1,963,749       1,833,689  

Other borrowings

    298,426       229,547       219,108       215,360       244,993  

Notes payable and FHLB advances

    75,000       85,500       110,500       110,500       111,000  

Junior subordinated debentures

    87,638       87,638       45,000       45,000       —    

Preferred stock

    —         —         38,250       38,250       38,250  

Common stockholders’ equity

    219,318       155,573       138,235       130,487       132,666  

Total stockholders’ equity

    219,318       155,573       176,485       168,737       170,916  

Earnings Performance Data:

                                       

Return on average assets

    1.05 %     0.84 %     0.73 %     (1.70 )%     0.75 %

Return on average stockholders’ equity

    17.41       14.00       10.86       (26.29 )     10.62  

Net interest margin (non tax-equivalent) (2)

    3.75       3.60       3.91       4.37       4.13  

Noninterest income to revenues

    9.13       13.54       12.85       13.08       12.72  

Efficiency ratio (3)

    55.13       61.84       68.43       118.08       69.62  

Loans to deposits

    93.76       96.80       97.46       95.71       94.98  

Average interest earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities

    123.83       125.99       124.71       124.48       122.48  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (4)

                                       

Including interest on deposits

    1.72 x     1.65 x     1.47 x     0.32 x     1.27 x

Excluding interest on deposits

    3.61 x     2.85 x     2.17 x     (1.18 )x     1.97 x

Asset Quality Ratios:

                                       

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

    1.57 %     1.69 %     1.75 %     1.81 %     1.79 %

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans (5)

    278.69       265.98       150.79       186.62       178.84  

Net loan charge-offs to average total loans

    0.24       0.34       0.47       0.39       0.49  

Nonperforming assets to total loans plus repossessed
property (6)

    0.61       0.64       1.17       1.00       1.03  

Capital Ratios:

                                       

Total stockholders’ equity to assets – end of year

    6.69 %     5.38 %     6.78 %     6.66 %     7.15 %

Average stockholders’ equity to average assets

    6.05       5.99       6.73       6.45       7.09  

Leverage ratio

    8.90       6.49       7.64       7.21       5.99  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

    10.44       7.29       8.73       8.82       7.70  

Total risk-based capital ratio

    12.02       10.27       10.44       10.61       8.96  

COLE TAYLOR BANK:

                                       

Net income

  $ 40,089     $ 28,314     $ 24,042     $ 25,387     $ 22,508  

Return on average assets

    1.33 %     1.04 %     0.94 %     1.04 %     0.96 %

Stockholder’s equity to assets – end of year

    8.58       8.82       9.16       8.72       8.41  

Leverage ratio

    8.46       8.29       8.31       7.52       7.37  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

    9.91       9.30       9.50       9.22       9.46  

Total risk-based capital ratio

    11.16       10.55       10.75       10.47       10.72  

(1) All share and per share information for all periods presented has been adjusted for a three-for-two split of our common stock that was effected as a dividend to stockholders of record as of October 2, 2002.
(2) Net interest margin is determined by dividing net interest income, as reported, by average interest-earning assets.
(3) The efficiency ratio is determined by dividing noninterest expense by an amount equal to net interest income plus noninterest income, less investment securities gains.
(4) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus interest and rent expense. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, rent expense and preferred stock dividend requirements.
(5) Nonperforming loans includes nonaccrual loans and loans contractually past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
(6) Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, other real estate, and other repossessed assets.

 

17


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations

 

Introduction

 

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Rosemont, Illinois, a suburb of Chicago. We derive substantially all of our revenue from our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cole Taylor Bank. We provide a range of banking services to our customers, with a primary focus on serving closely-held businesses in the Chicago metropolitan area and the people who own and manage them.

 

The following discussion and analysis presents our consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. This discussion should be read together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and other financial data contained elsewhere in this annual report. In addition to the historical information provided below, we have made certain estimates and forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ significantly from those anticipated in these estimates and forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report. All share and per share information for all periods presented has been adjusted for a three-for-two split of our common stock that was effected as a dividend to stockholders of record as of October 2, 2002.

 

Overview

 

We reported net income applicable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2005 of $31.8 million, or $3.09 per diluted common share, compared with $21.1 million, or $2.19 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increased net income applicable to common stockholders was primarily a result of higher net interest income and lower provisions for loan losses, while lower noninterest income was substantially offset by lower noninterest expense. In addition, we had no preferred dividends in 2005 because we redeemed all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock in July 2004. Net interest income increased $14.1 million, or 14.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared with 2004. The provision for loan losses was $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $10.1 million for 2004. Total assets increased by $391.6 million, or 13.6%, from year-end 2004 to $3.28 billion at December 31, 2005.

 

We reported net income applicable to common stockholders of $21.1 million, or $2.19 per diluted common share, for 2004, compared to net income applicable to common stockholders of $15.3 million, or $1.61 per common share, for 2003. The increased net income applicable to common stockholders in 2004 was primarily a result of reduced noninterest expense and reduced preferred stock dividends. Noninterest expense declined $7.6 million, or 9.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to 2003. We achieved the reduction in noninterest expense through reduced salary and advertising expense as well as a lower charge relating to our facilities initiatives. We also lowered our cost of capital by redeeming our Series A 9% preferred stock with the proceeds from junior subordinated debentures in mid-2004. Total assets increased $285.4 million, or 11.0%, from year-end 2003 to $2.89 billion at December 31, 2004.

 

Capital Transactions

 

On August 17, 2005, we completed a public offering of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $36.30 per share. On September 2, 2005, we issued an additional 150,000 shares in connection with an over-allotment option granted to our underwriters. We received $38.95 million, after offering expenses, from this offering. The offering helped increase our tangible equity to assets ratio to 5.98% at December 31, 2005 from 4.57% at December 31, 2004, and has had the effect of increasing the daily trading volume of our common stock. We used $10.5 million of the proceeds to reduce notes payable and the remainder of the proceeds has been retained at the holding company to support our continued growth. In connection with our capital stock offering, the Taylor family reduced their stock holdings in the Company by selling 500,000 shares of common stock in the offering. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the Taylor family. As a result of the Taylor family’s sale of stock, the Taylor family’s ownership of the Company has declined below 50%.

 

18


Table of Contents

On June 17, 2004, TAYC Capital Trust II, our wholly owned (non-consolidated) subsidiary, issued $40.0 million of trust preferred securities in a private placement. TAYC Capital Trust II invested the proceeds, along with $1.2 million received from us for the purchase of its common equity securities, in $41.2 million of junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. On July 16, 2004, we used the proceeds from the junior subordinated debentures to redeem all of our outstanding shares of Series A 9% noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. The redemption price was the stated liquidation value of the Series A preferred stock of $25.00 per share, totaling $38.25 million, plus $153,000 of accrued and unpaid dividends since the last dividend distribution date. The remaining proceeds from the issuance of the junior subordinated debentures after issuance costs and redemption of the Series A preferred stock were used for general corporate purposes.

 

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general reporting practices within the financial services industry. Our accounting policies are described in the section of this annual report captioned “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements–Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies”.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available to us as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions and judgments reflected in the financial statements. Certain accounting policies inherently have greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. We consider these policies to be critical accounting policies. The estimates, assumptions and judgments made by us are based upon historical experience or other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

The following accounting policies materially affect our reported earnings and financial condition and require significant estimates, assumptions and judgments.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

We have established an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety. The allowance is based on our regular, quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our methodology for measuring the appropriate level of the allowance relies on several key elements, which include a general allowance computed by applying loss factors to categories of loans outstanding in the portfolio, specific allowances for identified problem loans and portfolio segments, and the unallocated allowance. We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level considered adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our portfolio as of the balance sheet date. In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider numerous quantitative factors including historical charge-off experience, growth of our loan portfolio, changes in the composition of our loan portfolio and the volume of delinquent and criticized loans. In addition, we use information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position, work-out plans and estimated collateral values under various liquidation scenarios to estimate the risk and amount of loss for those borrowers. Finally, we also consider many qualitative factors including general and economic business conditions, duration of the current business cycle, the impact of competition on our underwriting terms, current general market collateral valuations, trends apparent in any of the factors we take into account and other matters, which are by nature more subjective and fluid. The significant uncertainties surrounding our portfolio of borrowers’ abilities to successfully execute their business models through changing economic environments and competitive challenges as well as management and other changes greatly complicate the estimate of the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan. Because of the degree of uncertainty and susceptibility of these factors to change, actual losses may vary from current estimates.

 

19


Table of Contents

As a business bank, our loan portfolio is comprised primarily of commercial loans to businesses, which are inherently larger in amount than loans to individual consumers. The individually larger commercial loans can cause greater volatility in reported credit quality performance measures, such as total impaired or nonperforming loans. Our current credit risk rating and loss estimate with respect to a single material loan can have a material impact on our reported impaired loans and related loss exposure estimates. We review our estimates on a quarterly basis and, as we identify changes in estimates, the allowance for loan losses is adjusted through the recording of a provision for loan losses.

 

Goodwill Impairment

 

We have goodwill of $23.2 million that we recognized in connection with our 1997 acquisition of the Bank. We test this goodwill annually on July 1 for impairment, or whenever events or significant changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We tested goodwill for impairment as of July 1, 2005 and we determined that no impairment charge was necessary. The evaluation for impairment includes comparing the estimated fair market value of the Bank to our carrying value for the Bank. Because there is not a readily observable market value for the Bank, the estimation of the fair market value is based on the market price of our common stock adjusted for the junior subordinated debentures and the notes payable at the holding company.

 

Income Taxes

 

At times, we apply different tax treatment for selected transactions for tax return purposes than for income tax financial reporting purposes. The different positions result from the varying application of statutes, rules, regulations, and interpretations, and our accruals for income taxes include reserves for these differences in position. Our estimate of the value of these reserves contains assumptions based upon our past experience and judgments about potential actions by taxing authorities, and we believe that the level of these reserves is reasonable. A reserve is utilized or reversed once the applicable statute of limitations has expired or the matter is otherwise resolved. It is likely that the ultimate resolution of these matters may be greater or less than the amounts we have accrued.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

We use derivative financial instruments (derivatives), including interest rate exchange and floor agreements, to assist in our interest rate risk management. In accordance with SFAS 133, all derivatives are measured and reported at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet as either an asset or a liability. For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the effective portion of the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in the fair values. For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For all hedging relationships, derivative gains and losses that are not effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings during the period of the change. Similarly, the changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 are also reported currently in earnings.

 

At the inception of the hedge and quarterly thereafter, a formal assessment is performed to determine whether changes in the fair values or cash flows of the derivatives have been highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged item and whether they are expected to be highly effective in the future. If it is determined that the derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued for the period and prospectively. Once hedge accounting is terminated, all changes in fair value of the derivative flow through the consolidated statements of income in other noninterest income, which results in greater volatility in our earnings.

 

20


Table of Contents

The estimates of fair values of our derivatives are calculated using independent valuation models to estimate mid-market valuations. The fair values produced by these proprietary valuation models are in part theoretical and therefore can vary between derivative dealers and are not necessarily reflective of the actual price at which the contract could be traded. Small changes in assumptions can result in significant changes in valuation. The risks inherent in the determination of the fair value of a derivative may result in income statement volatility.

 

Results of Operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is the difference between total interest income earned on interest-earning assets, including investment securities and loans, and total interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits and other borrowed funds. Net interest income is our principal source of earnings. The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of rates earned or paid on those assets and liabilities.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004. Net interest income was $108.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to $94.5 million during 2004, an increase of $14.1 million, or 14.9%. With an adjustment for tax-exempt income, our consolidated net interest income was $110.2 million, an increase of $14.5 million, or 15.1%, as compared to $95.8 million during 2004. These non-GAAP tax equivalent measures are discussed more fully below. The net interest income increased as a result of the increase in our average interest-earning assets and in our net interest margin.

 

The tax equivalent net interest margin was 3.80% during 2005 compared to 3.65% during 2004. Our net interest margin benefited from the increase in market interest rates that began at the end of the second quarter of 2004. The net interest margin incorporates the impact on noninterest-bearing funds. Because the average volume of earning assets was $558.0 million greater than the volume of interest bearing liabilities and the yield on earning assets increased during 2005, the net interest margin increased.

 

The tax-equivalent net interest spread, which is determined by subtracting the yield on interest-earning assets from the cost of interest-bearing liabilities was unchanged at 3.23% during both 2005 and 2004. The yield on our interest-earning assets increased 91 basis points to 6.19% during 2005 from 5.28% during 2004. The cost of our interest-bearing liabilities also increased 91 basis points to 2.96% during 2005 from 2.05% during 2004.

 

Average interest-earning assets increased $276.1 million, or 10.5%, to $2.90 billion for 2005 compared to $2.62 billion for 2004. Average loans increased $226.0 million, or 11.0%, to $2.27 billion during 2005 compared to $2.05 billion for 2004. Average commercial loans increased $283.3 million, or 16.4%, between the two periods, while our portfolio of home equity and consumer loans decreased by $47.9 million, or 19.0%. See the section of this discussion and analysis captioned “Loans” for further discussion on changes in loans during 2005.

 

The $276.1 million increase in average earning assets from 2004 to 2005 was funded primarily with the $250.8 million increase in deposits. From 2004 to 2005, average brokered and out-of-local-market certificates of deposits (“CDs”) increased $135.6 million, or 29.1%, average money market accounts increased $79.1 million, or 18.4%, and average local-customer CDs increased $36.7 million, or 6.4%. Deposits in noninterest bearing and lower-rate products, including NOW and savings accounts, declined. See the section of this discussion and analysis captioned “Deposits” for further discussion on changes in deposits during 2005.

 

Our internal modeling indicates that if interest rates were to remain unchanged in 2006, we would expect to be exposed to the negative impact of a significant portion of our time deposits maturing and repricing at today’s higher market rates, while a large portion of our assets are floating and therefore reflect today’s market rates. This downward pressure on our net interest margin will likely be augmented by the increasing competitive pressure on loan and deposit pricing. Provided we execute our balance sheet growth and funding mix plans

 

21


Table of Contents

effectively, we expect our tax-equivalent net interest margin to marginally decline for 2006. See the section of this discussion and analysis captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks” for further discussion on the impact of changes in interest rates.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003. Net interest income was $94.5 million during 2004, as compared to $95.7 million during 2003, a decrease of $1.2 million, or 1.3%. With an adjustment for tax-exempt income, our consolidated net interest income was $95.8 million, a decrease from the $97.2 million of net interest income in 2003. Net interest income decreased 1.4%, as the benefit from the 7.3% increase in interest-earning assets was more than offset by a 32 basis point decline in our net interest margin. The tax-equivalent net interest margin was 3.65% for all of 2004 compared to 3.97% for 2003. Our net interest margin declined as the yield on our interest-earning assets declined while our cost of interest-bearing liabilities remained unchanged. The third and fourth quarters of 2004 included the incremental interest expense of approximately $450,000 and $500,0000, respectively, arising from the $41.2 million of junior subordinated debentures issued in June 2004, which increased interest expense by 4 basis points each quarter.

 

Average interest-earning assets during 2004 increased $177.5 million, or 7.3%, to $2.62 billion as compared to $2.45 billion during 2003. An increase in average loans, primarily in our commercial portfolio, produced the increase in average earning assets. Average commercial loans increased $256.9 million, or 17.5%, during 2004 to $1.72 billion as compared to $1.47 billion during 2003. This increase was partly offset by lower consumer-related loans. A $56.4 million increase in average investment securities also contributed to the increase in average earning assets. The asset growth was funded primarily with time deposits. Total average time deposits were $1.04 billion during 2004, a $116.5 million increase from average time deposits of $927.5 million during 2003. Higher average brokered and customer CDs produced the majority of the increase. Additional funding was also provided by a $52.8 million increase in average non-interest bearing demand deposits.

 

Tax Equivalent Measures. As part of our evaluation of net interest income, we review our consolidated average balances, our yield on average interest-earning assets, and the costs of average interest-bearing liabilities. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities. Because management reviews net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis, the analysis contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. In these non-GAAP financial measures, interest income and net interest income are adjusted to reflect tax-exempt interest income on an equivalent before-tax basis assuming a tax rate of 35%. This assumed rate may differ from our actual effective income tax rate. In addition, the earning asset yield, net interest margin, and the net interest rate spread are adjusted to a fully taxable equivalent basis. We believe that these measures and ratios present a more meaningful measure of the performance of interest-earning assets because they provide a better basis for comparison of net interest income regardless of the mix of taxable and tax-exempt instruments.

 

The following table reconciles the tax equivalent net interest income to net interest income as reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income. In addition, the earning asset yield, net interest margin and net interest spread are shown with and without the tax equivalent adjustment.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net interest income as stated

   $ 108,607     $ 94,523     $ 95,730  

Tax equivalent adjustment-investments

     1,429       1,085       1,263  

Tax equivalent adjustment-loans

     209       172       181  
    


 


 


Tax equivalent net interest income

   $ 110,245     $ 95,780     $ 97,174  
    


 


 


Yield on earning assets without tax adjustment

     6.13 %     5.24 %     5.56 %

Yield on earning assets - tax equivalent

     6.19 %     5.28 %     5.61 %

Net interest margin without tax adjustment

     3.75 %     3.60 %     3.91 %

Net interest margin - tax equivalent

     3.80 %     3.65 %     3.97 %

Net interest spread - without tax adjustment

     3.18 %     3.18 %     3.51 %

Net interest spread - tax equivalent

     3.23 %     3.23 %     3.56 %

 

22


Table of Contents

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain information relating to our consolidated average balances and reflect our yield on average interest-earning assets and costs of average interest-bearing liabilities. The table contains certain non-GAAP financial measures to adjust tax-exempt interest income on an equivalent before-tax basis assuming a tax rate of 35%.

 

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2005

    2004

    2003

 
    AVERAGE
BALANCE


    INTEREST

  YIELD/
RATE
(%)


    AVERAGE
BALANCE


    INTEREST

  YIELD/
RATE
(%)


    AVERAGE
BALANCE


    INTEREST

  YIELD/
RATE
(%)


 
    (dollars in thousands)  

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:

                                                           

Investment securities (1):

                                                           

Taxable

  $ 530,513     $ 21,173   3.99 %   $ 517,110     $ 20,486   3.96 %   $ 454,956     $ 21,158   4.65 %

Tax-exempt (tax equivalent) (2)

    60,619       4,082   6.73       43,538       3,083   7.08       49,316       3,572   7.24  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Total investment securities

    591,132       25,255   4.27       560,648       23,569   4.20       504,272       24,730   4.90  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Cash Equivalents

    36,910       1,277   3.41       17,264       271   1.55       43,248       454   1.04  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Loans (3):

                                                           

Commercial and commercial real estate

    2,006,511       135,314   6.65       1,723,210       96,724   5.52       1,466,351       85,883   5.78  

Residential real estate mortgages

    61,487       3,258   5.30       70,963       3,806   5.36       105,484       6,216   5.89  

Home equity and consumer

    203,683       12,466   6.12       251,550       12,402   4.93       326,769       16,418   5.02  

Fees on loans

            1,877                   1,838                   3,627      
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Net loans (tax equivalent) (2)

    2,271,681       152,915   6.73       2,045,723       114,770   5.61       1,898,604       112,144   5.91  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Total interest earning assets

    2,899,723       179,447   6.19       2,623,635       138,610   5.28       2,446,124       137,328   5.61  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

NON-EARNING ASSETS:

                                                           

Allowance for loan losses

    (38,100 )                 (36,756 )                 (35,160 )            

Cash and due from banks

    67,048                   59,878                   58,616              

Accrued interest and other assets

    86,218                   90,266                   97,104              
   


             


             


           

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 3,014,889                 $ 2,737,023                 $ 2,566,684              
   


             


             


           

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:

                                                           

Interest-bearing deposits:

                                                           

Interest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 627,489       11,115   1.77     $ 564,920       4,370   0.77     $ 564,645       4,672   0.83  

Savings deposits

    78,853       230   0.29       89,678       279   0.31       90,975       346   0.38  

Time deposits

    1,216,846       40,665   3.34       1,044,023       26,593   2.55       927,481       23,378   2.52  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Total interest-bearing deposits

    1,923,188       52,010   2.70       1,698,621       31,242   1.84       1,583,101       28,396   1.79  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Other borrowings

    248,676       6,147   2.44       219,438       2,228   1.02       219,913       2,124   0.97  

Notes payable and FHLB advances

    82,192       3,905   4.69       95,582       4,336   4.46       113,374       4,617   4.02  

Trust preferred securities

    87,638       7,140   8.15       68,709       5,024   7.31       45,000       5,017   11.15  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,341,694       69,202   2.96       2,082,350       42,830   2.05       1,961,388       40,154   2.05  
   


 

       


 

       


 

     

NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:

                                                           

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    438,784                   447,345                   394,511              

Accrued interest and other liabilities

    51,941                   43,286                   38,170              
   


             


             


           

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

    490,725                   490,631                   432,681              
   


             


             


           

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    182,470                   164,042                   172,615              
   


             


             


           

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $ 3,014,889                 $ 2,737,023                 $ 2,566,684              
   


             


             


           

Net interest income (tax equivalent)

          $ 110,245                 $ 95,780                 $ 97,174      
           

               

               

     

Net interest spread (4)

                3.23 %                 3.23 %                 3.56 %
                 

               

               

Net interest margin (5)

                3.80 %                 3.65 %                 3.97 %
                 

               

               


(1) Investment securities average balances are based on amortized cost.

 

(2) Calculations are computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35%.

 

(3) Nonaccrual loans are included in the above stated average balances.

 

(4) Net interest spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(5) Net interest margin is determined by dividing taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets.

 

23


Table of Contents

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and rates for the major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The impact of changes in the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is reflected in net interest income.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005 over 2004
INCREASE/(DECREASE)


    2004 over 2003
INCREASE/(DECREASE)


 
     VOLUME

    RATE

    NET

    VOLUME

    RATE

    NET

 
     (in thousands)  

INTEREST EARNED ON:

                                                

Investment securities:

                                                

Taxable

   $ 532     $ 155     $ 687     $ 2,687     $ (3,359 )   $ (672 )

Tax-exempt

     1,158       (159 )     999       (411 )     (78 )     (489 )

Cash equivalents

     490       516       1,006       (344 )     161       (183 )

Loans

     13,587       24,558       38,145       8,469       (5,843 )     2,626  
                    


                 


Total interest-earning assets

                     40,837                       1,282  
                    


                 


INTEREST PAID ON:

                                                

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     530       6,215       6,745       3       (305 )     (302 )

Savings deposits

     (32 )     (17 )     (49 )     (5 )     (62 )     (67 )

Time deposits

     4,901       9,171       14,072       2,937       278       3,215  

Other borrowings

     342       3,577       3,919       (5 )     109       104  

Notes payable and FHLB advances

     (636 )     205       (431 )     (753 )     472       (281 )

Junior subordinated debentures

     1,493       623       2,116       2,094       (2,087 )     7  
                    


                 


Total interest-bearing liabilities

                     26,372                       2,676  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net interest income

   $ 9,703     $ 4,762     $ 14,465     $ 6,949     $ (8,343 )   $ (1,394 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

We determine a provision for loan losses that we consider sufficient to maintain an allowance to absorb probable losses inherent in our portfolio as of the balance sheet date. For additional information concerning this determination, see the sections of this discussion and analysis captioned “Application of Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for Loan Losses”, “Nonperforming Assets and Impaired Loans” and “Allowance for Loan Losses”.

 

Our provision for loan losses was $5.5 million during 2005, a decrease of $4.6 million, or 45.2%, less than the provision of $10.1 million during 2004. The lower provision in 2005 as compared to 2004 was due to the improvement in the overall performance of our loan portfolio, as evidenced by reduced net charge-offs and nonaccrual loans, coupled with the slower growth of commercial loans. Net charge-offs totaled $5.5 million, or 0.24% of total loans, in 2005 compared to $7.0 million, or 0.34% of total loans, in 2004. Nonaccrual loans totaled $10.8 million at year-end 2005 as compared to $12.3 million at year-end 2004. Total commercial loans grew $223.5 million in 2005, compared to $323.6 million in 2004. See the sections of this discussion and analysis captioned “Nonperforming Assets and Impaired Loans” and “Allowance for Loan Losses” for further discussion on the credit quality of our loan portfolio.

 

Our net charge-offs in 2005 were at the lower range of our expectations, and we are anticipating a higher provision for loan losses in 2006 than we recorded in 2005. However, if the overall credit performance of our loan portfolio is similar and our loan portfolio continues to grow, we would expect our allowance as a percentage of total loans to decline through the end of 2006. We continue to expect our provisioning to fluctuate as the circumstances of our individual commercial borrowers and the economic environment change.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our provision of $10.1 million during 2004 was $850,000, or 9.2%, higher than the provision for loan losses of $9.2 million during 2003. The increase in the provision was mainly due to the growth in commercial loans. Net charge-offs totaled $9.0 million during 2003.

 

Noninterest Income

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the composition of our noninterest income:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (in thousands)  

Service charges

   $ 9,022     $ 10,854     $ 12,336  

Trust services

     3,069       4,079       3,852  

Investment management fees

     1,476       1,252       1,000  

Gain on sale of land trusts

     2,000       —         —    

Gain on sale of branch

     1,572       —         —    

Gain on sale of investment securities, net

     127       144       —    

Loan syndication fees

     2,673       1,350       1,000  

Letter of credit fees

     666       565       807  

ATM fees

     373       459       603  

Losses from partnership interests

     (917 )     (227 )     (172 )

Other noninterest income

     1,007       850       615  
    


 


 


       21,068       19,326       20,041  
    


 


 


Net cash settlements of CD swaps

     684       2,166       —    

Change in fair value of CD swaps

     (3,887 )     27       —    
    


 


 


       (3,203 )     2,193       —    
    


 


 


Total noninterest income

   $ 17,865     $ 21,519     $ 20,041  
    


 


 


 

Our noninterest income was $17.9 million during 2005, a decrease of $3.7 million, or 17.0%, as compared to the $21.5 million of noninterest income during 2004. The impact of the changes in fair value and net settlements on our CD swaps decreased noninterest income by $5.4 million. Losses related to our CD swaps totaled $3.2 million in 2005, compared to income of $2.2 million in 2004. Noninterest income of $21.5 million during 2004 was $1.5 million, or 7.4%, higher than the noninterest income of $20.0 million during 2003. The impact of the changes in fair value and net settlements on our CD swaps increased noninterest income by $2.2 million in 2004.

 

Our service charges are principally derived through deposit accounts. Service charges declined to $9.0 million during 2005, compared to $10.9 million and $12.3 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively. Service charge income is impacted by a number of factors, including the volume of deposit accounts and service transactions, the price established for each deposit service, the earnings credit rate and the collected balances customers maintain in their commercial checking accounts. The decrease in service charge revenue in 2005 and 2004 was primarily caused by a lower volume of deposit services rendered and an increase in the earnings credit rate given to customers on their collected account balances to offset gross activity charges.

 

Trust services include fees from corporate trust, land trust and tax-deferred exchange trust services. Total trust fees decreased $1.0 million, or 24.8%, to $3.1 million in 2005 compared to $4.1 million in 2004. The decline in trust fees was primarily a result of the sale of the land trust operations at the end of the first quarter of 2005 for a gain of $2.0 million. In 2004, land trust revenues totaled $1.1 million. On October 28, 2005, we entered into a strategic alliance with a company that provides tax-deferred exchange services whereby all four of our tax-deferred exchange professionals became employees of that company and we became the primary financial custodian for that company in the Midwest region. Exchange fee income included in trust fees totaled

 

25


Table of Contents

$787,000 during 2005 and $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. As a result of this new alliance, total trust services revenue is expected to decline and exchange money market deposits are expected to increase in future periods. Corporate trust services, the remaining trust service provided directly to customers, totaled $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $1.6 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Investment management fee income increased $224,000, or 17.9%, to $1.5 million during 2005 as compared to 2004. Total assets under management increased $77.4 million, or 26.1%, during the year to $373.8 million at December 31, 2005. Investment management fees increased $252,000, or 25.2% during 2004 as compared to 2003. Total assets under management increased $41.8 million, or 16.4%, to $296.4 million at December 31, 2004.

 

In January 2005, we recorded a $1.6 million gain in connection with the sale of our Broadview, Illinois branch. In addition to selling the land and building, we sold approximately $19.7 million of deposit balances and $5.3 million of loans associated with the branch. This sale allows us to redeploy our investment in that banking facility into geographic markets more closely aligned with our targeted customers.

 

Loan syndication fees increased $1.3 million to $2.7 million during 2005 as compared to $1.4 million during 2004 and $1.0 million during 2003. These fees were earned through the syndication of certain commercial real estate development loans for our customers. While professional real estate developers have for years been a significant part of our commercial banking business, our activity in loan syndication has been opportunistic. While fees of this nature are difficult to predict with certainty, we anticipate 2006 fees to approximate 2004 and 2003 levels.

 

ATM fees have declined since 2003 as the number of automatic teller machines we have deployed in our market has decreased.

 

We have investments in limited partnerships that specialize in providing low-income housing in the Chicago metropolitan area. As our ownership percentage in these partnerships are typically small, we account for our investments under the equity method of accounting and recognize our share of partnership losses in noninterest income and the related low-income housing tax credits as a reduction of income tax expense. At December 31, 2005, we had investments in a total of 14 partnerships with a carrying value of $1.5 million.

 

We use certain interest rate exchange agreements, or swaps, to convert fixed rate brokered CDs to a variable rate. To the extent these agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the net cash settlements are reported in noninterest income. Net cash settlements were $684,000 in 2005, as compared to $2.2 million in 2004. The increase in market interest rates that began in mid-2004 caused the decrease in the net cash settlements as the rates paid on the variable leg of the swaps increased.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2005, we had a loss in fair value from these CD swaps of $3.9 million. In 2004, we had a gain in the fair value of CD swaps of $27,000. The increase in the forward yield curve during 2005 caused the decrease in the fair value of the CD swaps. For additional information concerning the accounting treatment for these CD swaps, please see “Application of Critical Accounting Policies—Derivative Financial Instruments” and Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Other noninterest income principally includes safe deposit rental fees and gains (losses) from deferred compensation plan investments and nonconsolidated subsidiaries and totaled $1.0 million, $850,000 and $615,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. Included in other noninterest income in 2004 and 2003, were losses we incurred of $83,000 and $408,000, respectively, related to indemnification agreements on residential mortgage loans sold in prior periods.

 

26


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

 

The following table presents for the periods indicated the composition of our noninterest expense:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (in thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits:

                        

Salaries, employment taxes, and medical insurance

   $ 30,825     $ 31,813     $ 34,723  

Incentives, commissions, and retirement benefits

     9,430       7,138       6,343  
    


 


 


Total salaries and employee benefits

     40,255       38,951       41,066  

Occupancy of premises

     7,035       7,465       7,203  

Furniture and equipment

     3,928       3,892       3,457  

Lease abandonment and termination charge

     —         984       3,534  

Corporate insurance

     1,373       2,334       2,989  

Computer processing

     1,805       1,874       2,038  

Holding company legal fees, net

     717       624       (1,019 )

Bank legal fees, net

     1,174       1,184       1,962  

Advertising and public relations

     574       1,489       3,050  

Consulting

     768       527       1,184  

Other real estate and repossessed asset expense

     225       472       155  

Other noninterest expense

     11,801       11,877       13,604  
    


 


 


Total noninterest expense

   $ 69,655     $ 71,673     $ 79,223  
    


 


 


Efficiency Ratio (1)

     55.13 %     61.84 %     68.84 %
    


 


 



(1) The efficiency ratio is determined by dividing noninterest expense by an amount equal to net interest income plus noninterest income, less investment securities gains.

 

Our noninterest expense in 2005 was $69.7 million compared to $71.7 million during 2004, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 2.8%. Our noninterest expense in 2004 was $71.7 million compared to $79.2 million during 2003, a decrease of $7.6 million, or 9.5%. The decreases in noninterest expense were primarily a result of our continuing efforts to reduce our operating expenses. In addition, in 2004 and 2003 we recorded charges of $984,000 and $3.5 million, respectively, to terminate an operating lease and abandon our former administrative offices in Wheeling, Illinois as part of our corporate center consolidation.

 

Salaries and employee benefits represent the largest category of our noninterest expense. Total salaries and benefits during 2005 were $40.3 compared to $39.0 million during 2004 and $41.1 million during 2003. Changes in the composition of salaries and employee benefits were as follows:

 

    Salaries, employment taxes and medical insurance were $30.8 million, $31.8 million and $34.7 million during 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively. The decline in salaries, employment taxes and medical insurance was primarily a result of the reduction in our workforce and flattening of our management structure. The number of full-time equivalent employees was 427 at the end of 2005 compared to 431 at the end of 2004 and 483 at the end of 2003. Salary expense in each year included severance expense of $530,000 during 2005, $1.1 million during 2004, and $533,000 during 2003; and

 

    Total incentives, commissions, and retirement benefits were $9.4 million for 2005 compared to $7.1 million for 2004, and $6.3 million for 2003. Incentive compensation increased $2.3 million, or 32.1%, as a result of our recruitment of critical talent into our organization as well as the attainment of certain performance goals.

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense in 2006 and in the future will be impacted by the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which is revised and reissued guidance on the accounting for stock-based compensation. SFAS 123R eliminates the intrinsic value

 

27


Table of Contents

method that we currently use to account for the granting of employee stock options. We intend to adopt SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method, recording compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. Stock-based compensation expense, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, will be recognized against earnings for the portion of outstanding unvested awards, based on the grant date fair value of those awards as calculated using a Black-Scholes pricing model under SFAS 123 for pro forma disclosure. The Company is currently evaluating to what extent the entity’s equity instruments will be used in the future for employees services and the transition provisions of this standard; therefore, the full impact to the Company’s financial statements of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R cannot be predicted with certainty. See the section of this discussion and analysis captioned “New Accounting Pronouncements” for additional details.

 

Our equity-based compensation awards to existing employees in 2006 will continue to be primarily comprised of stock options, as opposed to restricted stock grants that vest over time. Our objective is to use more performance-based awards for our exisiting employees in the future. On March 1, 2006, our Compensation Committee approved awards to existing employees of stock options and restricted stock of approximately 114,000 and 12,000 shares, respectively.

 

Our occupancy of premises expense was $7.0 million during 2005 as compared to $7.5 million during 2004 and $7.2 million during 2003. The decrease of $430,000, or 5.8%, during 2005 as compared to 2004 was due to reduced premises maintenance and janitorial services as we continued to reduce our ownership of facilities. The increase of $262,000, or 3.6% during 2004 as compared to 2003 was due to higher rent expense partly offset by a decline in depreciation of building-related improvements. Our occupancy expense has been impacted by our initiative to rationalize our occupancy space and consolidate our administrative and operating departments. Since 2003, we have consolidated our administrative and operating departments in our new corporate center in Rosemont, Illinois, modified our banking center profile, sold certain banking centers, and opened smaller leased locations. See the section of this discussion and analysis captioned “Financial Condition—Non-earning Assets” for additional details.

 

Furniture and equipment expense was $3.9 million during 2005 and 2004 compared to $3.5 million during 2003. The increase in expense during 2004 as compared to 2003 resulted from additional depreciation from the new furniture and equipment acquired in the fourth quarter of 2003 with the corporate center consolidation.

 

In connection with the corporate center consolidation, we abandoned our administrative offices on the second and third floors of our Wheeling facility, a 58,000 square foot facility. Upon ceasing to use this space in 2003, we recorded a $3.5 million lease abandonment charge. The charge was comprised of a $976,000 write-off of leasehold improvements, furniture and other equipment that were abandoned and a $2.6 million charge for the liability related to the operating lease that represented the estimated liability for the lease payments that we would incur for the remaining term of the lease for which we would receive no future economic benefit other than through subleasing. At the end of 2004, we reached an agreement to terminate the lease for a cash payment of $3.3 million and the transfer of a small parcel of land we owned next to the site. In connection with this agreement, we recorded an additional charge of $984,000 in the fourth quarter of 2004 to increase our lease termination liability to $3.3 million, write-off the small parcel of land, and accrue the related transaction costs. On February 18, 2005, we closed this transaction and terminated the lease. No additional expense was recorded in the first quarter of 2005 related to this lease termination transaction. Upon termination of our obligation under the existing lease, we signed a new 10-year operating lease for 8,274 square feet on the first floor of the facility for a smaller banking center.

 

Corporate insurance totaled $1.4 million during 2005, compared to $2.3 million and $3.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. An adjustment to our directors and officers insurance coverage and a more favorable insurance market, among other factors, caused the decrease in expense over the periods.

 

Our computer processing expense is comprised of payments to third party processors, primarily for our key data processing applications including loans, deposits, general ledger, payroll, internet banking and ATM

 

28


Table of Contents

operations. Our computer processing expense was $1.8 million, $1.9 million, and $2.0 million during years ending December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

Holding company legal fees consist primarily of costs for general corporate matters, including securities law compliance and other costs associated with being a publicly-traded company. During 2003, we received a $2.1 million reimbursement of certain nonrecurring legal costs incurred in 2002.

 

Bank legal fees relate to collection activities as well as contract and compliance matters. Legal fees were $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $2.0 million during 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The decline in expense during 2004, as compared to 2003 resulted from lower legal fees incurred in our special asset loan work out area. Improved overall credit performance in our loan portfolio has a positive impact on legal collection expenses. In addition to the decrease in gross expense, we were able to obtain more in reimbursements from these borrowers than in prior years.

 

Our advertising expenses were $574,000 during 2005 compared to $1.5 million during 2004 and $3.1 million during 2003. Our advertising expense declined over these years as we discontinued television advertising and reduced print advertising. We do, however, plan to increase our advertising and marketing activities in 2006 to increase recognition of the Bank and its offering of products and services. We expect that advertising and marketing expense will increase gradually over the next few years to be roughly 2% of total noninterest expense annually.

 

Consulting expense was $768,000, $527,000, and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The higher expense during 2005 as compared to 2004 was related to branding and cash management product consulting. The higher expense in 2003 was due to projects related to strategic and facilities planning, and local market analysis consultation.

 

Other real estate and repossessed asset expense was $225,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to expense of $472,000 and $155,000 for 2004 and 2003, respectively. The higher expense during 2004 was associated with higher losses on the disposal of owned real estate properties. This net expense is influenced to a large degree by the number and complexity of properties being maintained pending their sale.

 

Other noninterest expense principally includes certain professional fees, FDIC insurance, outside services, operating losses and other operating expenses such as telephone, postage, office supplies, and printing. Other noninterest expense was $11.8 million during 2005 compared to $11.9 million and $13.6 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively. Other noninterest expense in 2005 and 2003 included recoveries or (charges) of $700,000 and ($500,000), respectively, to adjust our reserves for interest receivable related to our portfolio of indirect manufactured homes. There were no such recoveries or charges in 2004.

 

Our efficiency ratio improved to 55.13% for 2005 as compared to 61.84% and 68.84% for 2004 and 2003, respectively, primarily as a result of major initiatives we have executed to reduce our operating expenses. We expect to maintain or marginally improve our efficiency ratio in future periods.

 

Income Taxes

 

Our income tax expense was $19.5 million during 2005, resulting in an effective tax rate of 38.1%, compared to our income tax expense of $11.3 million during 2004, or an effective income tax rate of 33.0%. The higher level of pre-tax income caused the increase in income tax expense during 2005. Income tax expense in 2003 was $8.6 million, or an effective tax rate of 31.4%. The lower effective tax rates in 2004 and 2003 resulted primarily from the net recognition of $1.1 million and $1.0 million of income tax benefits, respectively, relating to expenses deducted on prior years’ tax returns for which the statute of limitations has expired. In comparison, in 2005, we had net additions to our income tax reserves of $535,000. Without the recognition of these income tax benefits, the effective income tax rates would have been 36.1% and 35.0% for 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

29


Table of Contents

One of our goals is to identify and potentially implement strategies to lower our effective income tax rate in the future.

 

The Company has not recognized any income tax benefit for financial reporting purposes with respect to the litigation settlement payment of $61.9 million paid in October 2002. However, the Company did deduct a portion of the settlement ($28.7 million) on its 2002 income tax return, because management believes that a portion of the settlement that relates to specific settled claims is more likely than not deductible as ordinary and necessary business expense. This degree of certainty is not sufficient to recognize an income tax benefit for financial reporting purposes. The Company will recognize all or a portion of the income tax benefit for financial reporting purposes if and when the Company determines that the position it took on its 2002 income tax return becomes probable of being sustained by the taxing authorities. Given the complexity of the litigation, the settlement and related tax law, management continues to believe that only a specific resolution of the matter with the taxing authorities or the expiration of the statute of limitations would provide sufficient evidence for management to conclude that the deductibility is probable. While the statute of limitations for the 2002 tax return expires in September 2006, the Internal Revenue Service can request an extension of the statute of limitations at any time prior to that date. Accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005 include $12.8 million representing the tax benefit of the deduction of $11.4 million and $1.4 million of related accrued interest through such date, if the deduction were disallowed by the taxing authorities.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of our financial position and operating results in terms of historical amounts without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of the general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or, to the same extent, as the price of goods and services.

 

Financial Condition

 

Our total assets increased $391.6 million, or 13.6%, during 2005 to $3.28 billion at December 31, 2005 compared to $2.89 billion at year-end 2004. An increase in loans and investment securities primarily produced the increase. Total deposits increased $258.9 million, or 11.3%, to reach $2.54 billion at December 31, 2005 as compared to total deposits of $2.28 billion at December 31, 2004. Total stockholders’ equity increased $63.7 million during 2005 to $219.3 million at December 31, 2005 compared to $155.6 million at December 31, 2004. The sale of 1.15 million shares of common stock in 2005 coupled with the retention of earnings produced the increase in total stockholders’ equity.

 

Average interest-earning assets during 2005 totaled $2.90 billion, an increase of $276.1 million, or 10.5%, as compared to average interest-earning assets of $2.62 billion during 2004. A $226.0 million increase in total average loans and a $30.5 million increase in average investment securities produced the increase in average interest-earning assets. Average interest-bearing deposits during 2005 increased $224.6 million to $1.92 billion as compared to $1.70 billion during 2004, while average other borrowings increased $29.2 million to $248.7 million over the same time period.

 

Interest-bearing Cash Equivalents

 

Interest-bearing cash equivalents consist of interest-bearing deposits with banks or other financial institutions, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell with original maturities less than 30 days. All federal funds are sold overnight with daily settlement required. We use short-term investments in circumstances where a large depositor indicates the increase in deposit balance is likely to be short-term. Included in interest bearing cash equivalents at December 31, 2005, were $100.0 million of securities purchased on December 8, 2005 under agreements to resell on January 3, 2006, to accommodate a large, short-term deposit.

 

30


Table of Contents

Investment Securities

 

Our investment portfolio is designed to provide a source of income with minimal risk of loss, a source of liquidity and interest rate risk management opportunities. In managing our investment portfolio within the composition of the entire balance sheet, we balance our earnings, credit, interest rate risk, and liquidity considerations, with a goal of maximizing longer-term overall profitability.

 

The following tables present the composition and maturities of our investment portfolio by major category as of the dates indicated:

 

       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE  

   HELD-TO-MATURITY

   TOTAL

     Amortized
cost


   Estimated
fair value


   Amortized
cost


   Estimated
fair value


   Amortized
cost


   Estimated
fair value


     (in thousands)

December 31, 2005:

                                         

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 203,753    $ 200,357    $ —      $ —      $ 203,753    $ 200,357

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     187,368      183,100      —        —        187,368      183,100

Mortgage-backed securities

     166,592      161,898      —        —        166,592      161,898

State and municipal obligations

     111,380      111,123      —        —        111,380      111,123

Other debt securities

     —        —        275      275      275      275
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 669,093    $ 656,478    $ 275    $ 275    $ 669,368    $ 656,753
    

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2004:

                                         

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 194,370    $ 193,693    $ —      $ —      $ 194,370    $ 193,693

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     117,020      115,693      —        —        117,020      115,693

Mortgage-backed securities

     181,515      180,351      —        —        181,515      180,351

State and municipal obligations

     41,668      43,607      —        —        41,668      43,607

Other debt securities

     —        —        275      275      275      275
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 534,573    $ 533,344    $ 275    $ 275    $ 534,848    $ 533,619
    

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2003:

                                         

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 176,888    $ 180,243    $ —      $ —      $ 176,888    $ 180,243

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     116,053      116,300      —        —        116,053      116,300

Mortgage-backed securities

     143,259      143,072      —        —        143,259      143,072

State and municipal obligations

     45,918      48,162      —        —        45,918      48,162

Other debt securities

     —        —        525      564      525      564
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 482,118    $ 487,777    $ 525    $ 564    $ 482,643    $ 488,341
    

  

  

  

  

  


Investment securities do not include investments in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank stock of $12.9 million, $12.5 million, and $12.1 million, at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. These investments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

We consider our commercial loan portfolio to be our primary earning asset and use our investment portfolio primarily for liquidity and interest rate risk management. Our investment portfolio increased by $123.1 million, or 23.1%, to $656.8 million at December 31, 2005 compared to $533.6 million at year-end 2004. During 2005, we purchased approximately $73 million in securities to replace maturities, sales and other cash flows from our existing securities portfolio. In addition, beginning in September 2005, we purchased $133 million in securities as part of an interest rate risk management strategy to reduce potential exposure to declining interest rates. We completed the implementation of this strategy with the purchase of $16 million of additional municipal securities in January 2006. Securities purchased in 2005 included $20.1 million of U.S. government agency securities, $112.5 million of mortgage-related securities and $73.4 million of tax-exempt municipal securities. The mortgage-related securities were purchased at discounts to par and had an average life of approximately 6 years. The tax-exempt municipal securities had average lives to the par call date of 9 years. The weighted average life of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2005 was approximately five years as compared to four years at the end of 2004. In connection with our liquidity risk management, we regularly assess the size of our investment portfolio to meet our liquidity needs. See the sections of this discussion and analysis captioned “Liquidity” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks” for further discussion on liquidity and interest rate risk management.

 

 

31


Table of Contents

The net unrealized loss on the available for sale portfolio was $12.6 million at the end of 2005 compared to an unrealized loss of $1.2 million at the end of 2004. The decline in the fair value of the portfolio was due to changes in market interest rates and not credit deterioration. We manage our potential exposure to impairment within our investment securities portfolio by limiting the purchase of securities at a premium over par value and by subjecting all securities to interest rate shock testing prior to their acquisition. No security is purchased if the result of the interest rate shock testing indicates a negative yield could result under any of the rate shocks. In addition, we adjust premium amortization monthly based on current prepayment estimates and 12 month rolling actual prepayment rates for all mortgage related securities.

 

At December 31, 2005, we had 120 investment securities in an unrealized loss position. Of these securities, 25 securities have been in a loss position for twelve months or more. We believe that none of these unrealized losses represented other-than-temporary impairments of our investment portfolio. We believe that we have both the intent and ability to hold all of these securities for the time necessary to recover the amortized cost.

 

Our investment portfolio increased by $45.3 million, or 9.3%, to $533.6 million at December 31, 2004 compared to $488.3 million at year-end 2003. We increased our investment portfolio to increase net interest income by increasing interest-earning assets. During 2004, we sold $103.5 million of available-for-sale investment securities at a net gain of $144,000. We sold U.S. government agency securities with short maturities and reinvested the proceeds in both agency and mortgage-backed securities with longer durations and higher yields. We also sold approximately $3.5 million of mortgage-related securities with very low par values to improve the operating efficiency of our investment portfolio. We purchased a total of $251.9 million of investment securities in 2004.

 

Investment Portfolio – Maturity and Yields

 

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of investment securities and their weighted average yields:

 

    AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2005

 
   

WITHIN ONE

YEAR


   

AFTER ONE BUT

WITHIN FIVE

YEARS


    AFTER FIVE
BUT WITHIN
TEN YEARS


   

AFTER TEN

YEARS


    TOTAL

 
    AMOUNT

  YIELD

    AMOUNT

  YIELD

    AMOUNT

  YIELD

    AMOUNT

  YIELD

    TOTAL

  YIELD

 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Available-for-sale securities (1):

                                                           

U.S. government agency securities

  $ 45,126   2.97 %   $ 110,234   3.58 %   $ 44,997   4.33 %   $ —     —   %   $ 200,357   3.61 %

Collateralized mortgage obligations (2)

    22,048   3.90       74,509   4.16       86,543   4.96       —     —         183,100   4.51  

Mortgage-backed securities (2)

    29,331   4.30       78,539   4.29       44,144   4.51       9,884   4.54       161,898   4.37  

States and political subdivisions (3)

    2,953   3.78       7,530   3.86       14,908   4.95       85,732   4.11       111,123   4.20  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

    99,458   3.59       270,812   3.95       190,592   4.71       95,616   4.15       656,478   4.15  

Held-to-maturity securities (4):

                                                           

Other debt securities

    —     —         275   7.30       —     —         —     —         275   7.30  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

    —     —         275   7.30       —     —         —     —         275   7.30  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total securities

  $ 99,458   3.59 %   $ 271,087   3.96 %   $ 190,592   4.71 %   $ 95,616   4.15 %   $ 656,753   4.15 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Based on estimated fair value.

 

(2) Maturities of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are based on anticipated lives of the underlying mortgages, not contractual maturities. CMO maturities are based on cash flow (or payment) windows derived from broker market consensus.

 

(3) Rates on obligations of states and political subdivisions have been adjusted to tax equivalent yields using a 35% income tax rate.

 

(4) Based on amortized cost.

 

32


Table of Contents

Investments in U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government agency securities are generally considered to have low credit risk. Our mortgage-backed securities holdings consist principally of direct “pass through” securities issued by the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. These securities are also considered to have low credit risk, but do possess market value risk due to the prepayment risk associated with mortgage-backed securities. Our CMOs consist primarily of planned amortization class securities that are backed by fixed-rate, single-family mortgage loans. Although CMOs are guaranteed as to principal and interest by certain agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, they possess market risk due to the prepayment risk associated with the underlying collateral.

 

We generally invest in state and municipal obligations that are rated investment grade by nationally recognized rating organizations. However, certain municipal issues, which are restricted to our local market area, are not rated and undergo the Bank’s standard underwriting procedures for loan transactions. We also have investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock which are required to be maintained for various purposes. At December 31, 2005, we held no securities of any single issuer, other than U.S. government agency securities, that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. Although we hold securities issued by municipalities within the State of Illinois that, in the aggregate, exceed 10% of stockholders’ equity, none of the holdings from any individual municipal issue exceed this threshold.

 

Investment securities with an approximate book value of $395 million and $304 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were pledged to collateralize certain deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Our primary source of income is interest on loans. The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 665,023     $ 656,099     $ 589,987     $ 586,885     $ 521,592  

Commercial real estate secured

     793,965       732,251       642,364       484,015       354,214  

Real estate – construction

     684,737       531,868       364,294       317,739       380,674  

Residential real estate – mortgages

     63,789       64,569       86,710       117,652       160,699  

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

     —         —         —         —         1,147  

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     161,058       207,164       253,006       336,727       273,133  

Consumer

     14,972       18,386       24,636       34,572       47,572  

Other loans

     1,497       1,460       1,330       2,412       3,461  
    


 


 


 


 


Gross loans

     2,385,041       2,211,797       1,962,327       1,880,002       1,742,492  

Less: Unearned discount

     (110 )     (191 )     (319 )     (528 )     (855 )
    


 


 


 


 


Total loans

     2,384,931       2,211,606       1,962,008       1,879,474       1,741,637  

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (37,481 )     (37,484 )     (34,356 )     (34,073 )     (31,118 )
    


 


 


 


 


Loans, net

   $ 2,347,450     $ 2,174,122     $ 1,927,652     $ 1,845,401     $ 1,710,519  
    


 


 


 


 


 

At December 31, 2005, our gross loan portfolio totaled $2.4 billion compared to gross loans at December 31, 2004 and 2003 of $2.2 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively. Our loan portfolio is comprised primarily of commercial loans, which constituted 90% of total loans at December 31, 2005. Our commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial and industrial, commercial real estate secured, and real estate—construction, totaled $2.14 billion at year-end, an increase of $223.5 million, or 11.6%, over commercial loans at December 31, 2004. Our total commercial loans of $1.92 billion at December 31, 2004 increased $323.6 million, or 20.3% over commercial loans of $1.60 billion at December 31, 2003. Our consumer-oriented loan products, which include residential real estate mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, and consumer loans decreased to $241.2 million at year-end 2005 compared to $290.1 million and $364.4 million at December 31,

 

33


Table of Contents

2004 and 2003, respectively. Consumer loans have continued to decline as we discontinued origination of indirect auto and manufactured homes, de-emphasized first mortgage products, and ceased acquiring home equity loans and lines from mortgage brokers.

 

Commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans consist of loans to businesses or for business purposes that are either unsecured or secured by collateral other than the business real estate. These loans totaled $665.0 million, $656.1 million, and $590.0 million, at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively and have represented between 28% and 30% of our total loan portfolio over the last three years. C&I loans increased $8.9 million, or 1.4%, during 2005 and $66.1 million, or 11.2% during 2004.

 

Loans secured by commercial real estate consist of commercial owner-occupied properties as well as investment properties. These loans totaled $794.0 million, $732.3 million, and $642.4 million, at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively and have represented approximately 33% of our total loan portfolio over the past three years. Commercial real estate secured loans increased $61.7 million, or 8.4%, during 2005 and $89.9 million, or 14.0% during 2004. The growth in commercial real estate secured loans in 2005 and 2004 related primarily to investment and income-producing properties. Commercial real estate lending has remained strong over the last two years as historically low interest rates have added to the attractiveness of real estate investments. While commercial real estate loans have increased, the percentage of these loans to our total loan portfolio has remained at approximately 33% to 34% over the past three years. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the composition of our commercial real estate secured portfolio was approximately as follows:

 

     December 31, 2005

    December 31, 2004

 
    

Percentage
of Total

Commercial

Real Estate

Secured


    Percentage
of Gross
Loans


   

Percentage
of Total

Commercial

Real Estate

Secured


    Percentage
of Gross
Loans


 

Commercial properties:

                        

Non-owner occupied

   57 %   18 %   56 %   19 %

Owner occupied

   25 %   9 %   29 %   10 %
    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   82 %   27 %   85 %   29 %

Residential income property

   18 %   6 %   15 %   5 %
    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate secured

   100 %   33 %   100 %   34 %
    

 

 

 

 

Real estate-construction loans consist primarily of loans to professional real estate developers for the construction of single-family homes, town-homes, condominium conversions and commercial property. These loans totaled $684.7 million, $531.9 million, and $364.3 million at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These loans represented 29% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2005, compared to 24% and 19% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Real estate—construction loans increased $152.9 million, or 29%, in 2005 and $167.6 million, or 46.0% during 2004. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the composition of our real estate—construction loan portfolio was approximately as follows:

 

     December 31, 2005

    December 31, 2004

 
    

Percentage
of Total

Construction

Loans


    Percentage
of Gross
Loans


   

Percentage
of Total

Construction

Loans


    Percentage
of Gross
Loans


 

Residential properties

   71 %   21 %   64 %   15 %

Commercial property

   11 %   3 %   20 %   5 %

Land and land development

   18 %   5 %   16 %   4 %
    

 

 

 

Total real estate – construction

   100 %   29 %   100 %   24 %
    

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

We expect that our 2006 growth rate in total commercial loans, which includes commercial and industrial, commercial real estate secured, and real estate—construction, to reflect historical growth rates. During 2005, most of our commercial loan growth occurred in our real estate portfolios, a market that we believe has benefited from a robust real estate market and favorable interest rates. In 2006, we plan to focus on originating C&I loans, while continuing our historically strong real estate development and investment lending. If the real estate market in the Chicago metropolitan area softens significantly above and beyond our current projections and we are unable to increase our penetration into the operating company C&I market, our commercial loan growth rate could slow.

 

Our portfolio of residential real estate-mortgages continues to decline as a result of our decision to de-emphasize this product in 2001. At December 31, 2005, this portfolio totaled $63.8 million compared to $64.6 million and $86.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Correspondingly, this portfolio as a percentage of total loans has decreased to 3% at year-end 2004 from 4% at December 31, 2003. We expect that this portfolio of loans will continue to decline. In 2001, we also stopped originating residential real estate loans for sale into the secondary market.

 

Our portfolio of home equity loans and lines of credit continues to decline as a result of our decision to discontinue the origination of third-party sourced home equity products in 2002. At December 31, 2005, this portfolio totaled $161.1 million, compared to $207.2 million and $253.0 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively. Correspondingly, this portfolio as a percentage of total loans decreased to 7% at year-end 2005 from 9% and 13% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The percentage of our home equity loans and lines that exceed 80% of the appraised value of the underlying real estate, after giving effect to any outstanding first mortgage loans, was 18% at December 31, 2005 as compared to 31% at year-end 2003. The Bank’s general underwriting guidelines do not allow lines in excess of 100% of appraised value. The percentage of our outstanding home equity loans and lines that were originally sourced through mortgage brokers was 26% at year-end 2005 compared to 43% at December 31, 2003.

 

Consumer loans were $15.0 million, $18.4 million, and $24.6 million at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively and represented less than 1% of total loans at December 31, 2005. Of total consumer loans at December 31, 2005, 79% were indirect manufactured home loans, 5% were indirect auto and boat loans, 2% were direct auto loans, and the remaining 14% were other personal secured and unsecured loans. During 2003, we discontinued the origination of indirect auto and manufactured homes. As a result, we expect our indirect consumer loan portfolio to continue to decline as these loans repay.

 

The following table shows our maturity distribution of gross loans as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31, 2005(1)

   

ONE YEAR

OR LESS


 

OVER 1 YEAR THROUGH

5 YEARS


  OVER 5 YEARS

   
        FIXED RATE

 

FLOATING

OR

ADJUSTABLE

RATE


  FIXED RATE

 

FLOATING

OR

ADJUSTABLE

RATE


  TOTAL

    (in thousands)

Commercial and commercial real estate

  $ 498,016   $ 516,627   $ 318,805   $ 118,020   $ 7,520   $ 1,458,988

Real estate – construction

    342,126     8,108     321,771     12,732     —       684,737

Residential real estate – mortgages

    20,558     9,009     25,706     —       8,516     63,789

Home equity loans and lines of credit

    18,851     1,641     17,802     —       122,764     161,058

Consumer

    2,770     5,365     78     6,354     405     14,972

Other loans

    1,497     —       —       —       —       1,497
   

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross loans

  $ 883,818   $ 540,750   $ 684,162   $ 137,106   $ 139,205   $ 2,385,041
   

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Maturities are based upon contractual dates. Demand loans are included in the one year or less category and totaled $6.5 million as of December 31, 2005.

 

35


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets and Impaired Loans

 

Lending officers and their managers are responsible for continuous review of present and estimated future performance of the loans within their assigned portfolio and for risk rating such loans in accordance with the Bank’s risk rating system. In addition, an objective loan review process independently risk rates loans to monitor and confirm the effectiveness of the lending officer’s loan risk rating conclusion. Delinquency reports are reviewed monthly by the lending officers, their managers and credit administration. The current status of loans past due or current but graded below a designated level is reported by the responsible lending officer to a loan committee where consideration is given to placing the loan on nonaccrual, the need for a specific allowance for loan loss, or, if appropriate, a partial or full charge-off.

 

Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans and interest-accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more. Loans are placed on a nonaccrual basis for recognition of interest income when sufficient doubt exists as to the full collection of principal and interest. Generally, loans are to be placed on nonaccrual when principal and interest is contractually past due 90 days, unless the loan is adequately secured and in the process of collection.

 

The following table sets forth the amounts of nonperforming loans and other assets as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Loans contractually past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest

   $ 2,615     $ 1,807     $ 4,728     $ 6,151     $ 3,744  

Nonaccrual loans

     10,834       12,286       18,056       12,107       13,656  
    


 


 


 


 


Total nonperforming loans

     13,449       14,093       22,784       18,258       17,400  

Other real estate

     1,139       46       141       602       322  

Other repossessed assets

     —         12       23       23       247  
    


 


 


 


 


Total nonperforming assets

   $ 14,588     $ 14,151     $ 22,948     $ 18,883     $ 17,969  
    


 


 


 


 


Restructured loans not included in nonperforming assets

   $ —       $ 1,777     $ 130     $ 313     $ —    

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     0.56 %     0.64 %     1.16 %     0.97 %     1.00 %

Nonperforming assets to total loans plus repossessed property

     0.61 %     0.64 %     1.17 %     1.00 %     1.03 %

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.44 %     0.49 %     0.88 %     0.74 %     0.75 %

 

A loan is considered impaired if, based upon current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Certain homogenous loans, including residential mortgage and consumer loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment and, therefore, do not have individual credit risk ratings and are excluded from impaired loans. Impaired loans include all nonaccrual loans as well as certain accruing loans judged to have higher risk of noncompliance with the present contractual repayment schedule for both interest and principal. Once a loan has been determined to be impaired, it is measured to establish the amount of the impairment. While impaired loans exhibit weaknesses that may inhibit repayment in compliance with the original note terms, the measurement of impairment may not always result in an allowance for loan loss for every impaired loan. The amount in the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans is based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that collateral-dependent loans may be measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, net of cost to sell.

 

36


Table of Contents

Information about the impaired loans at or for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 is as follows:

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

     (in thousands)

Recorded balance of impaired loans, at end of year:

                    

With related allowance for loan loss

   $ 26,605    $ 12,271    $ 12,788

With no related allowance for loan loss

     9,159      6,056      11,559
    

  

  

Total

   $ 35,764    $ 18,327    $ 24,347
    

  

  

Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans, at end of year

   $ 1,925    $ 1,067    $ 5,503

Average balance of impaired loans for the year

     27,678      20,797      23,377

Interest income recognized on impaired loans for the year

     1,918      1,004      982

 

Although the amount of impaired loans increased at the end of 2005, as compared to 2004 and 2003, the corresponding allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans, did not increase proportionately. The allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans was $1.9 million at December 31, 2005, as compared to $1.1 million at December 31, 2004 and $5.5 million at December 31, 2003.

 

In addition to the impaired loans, we continue to closely monitor the credit quality trends in the manufactured housing industry and its potential impact on our portfolio of loans secured by manufactured homes. These trends could lead to higher net charge-offs in the future. At December 31, 2005, our consumer loan portfolio included $11.8 million of loans to consumers secured by manufactured homes, however, we have discontinued the origination of these loans and we expect this portfolio to continue to decline over time.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

We have established an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety. The allowance is based on our regular, quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our methodology for measuring the appropriate level of the allowance relies on several key elements, which include the formula described below, specific allowances for identified problem loans and portfolio segments, and the unallocated allowance.

 

The formula portion of the allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to categories of loans outstanding in the portfolio. The loans are categorized by loan type as commercial, which includes C&I, commercial real estate, and real estate construction loans, residential real estate mortgage and consumer loans. Those categories are further segregated by risk classification and in some cases by delinquency status. Each commercial, commercial real estate and real estate construction loan has a risk grade based on formal defined criteria. For consumer loans, we further categorize the loans into consumer loan product types; for example home equity loans over 80% loan to value, home equity loans equal to or less than 80%, and loans secured by manufactured homes. Segregation of the loans into more discrete pools facilitates greater precision in matching historic and expected loan losses with the source of the loss. We adjust these pools from time to time, based on the changing composition of the loan portfolio, segmenting loans with similar attributes and risk characteristics. We calculate actual historic loss rates for prior years for each separate loan segment identified. Each of the prior years’ historical loss rates is then weighted based on our evaluation of the duration of the economic cycle to arrive at a current expected loss rate. The current expected loss rates are adjusted, if deemed appropriate, for other relevant factors affecting the segments, including changes in lending practices, trends in past due loans and industry, geographical, collateral and size concentrations. Finally, the resulting loss factors are multiplied against the current period loans outstanding to derive an estimated loss.

 

37


Table of Contents

Specific allowances are established in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a loan that indicate a loss will probably be incurred, but the degree of certainty and loss quantification has not reached the charge-off level. The amount in the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that collateral-dependent loans may be measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, net of cost to sell. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a specific allowance is established.

 

The unallocated portion of the allowance contains amounts that are based on management’s evaluation of conditions that are not directly measured in the determination of the formula and specific allowances. The evaluation of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific problem credits or portfolio segments. The factors assessed are more qualitative in nature. Conditions affecting the entire lending portfolio evaluated in connection with the unallocated portion of the allowance include: general economic and business conditions, duration of the current business cycle, the impact of competition on our underwriting terms, current general market collateral valuations and findings of our independent loan review process. Executive management reviews these conditions quarterly in discussion with our senior lenders and credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as part of the formula allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment, management’s evaluation of the probable loss related to such conditions is reflected in the unallocated portion of the allowance.

 

Although management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible, there can be no assurance that our allowance will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to make additional provisions to the allowance based upon their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table shows an analysis of our consolidated allowance for loan losses and other related data:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Average total loans

   $ 2,271,681     $ 2,045,723     $ 1,898,604     $ 1,800,544     $ 1,660,082  
    


 


 


 


 


Total loans at end of year

   $ 2,384,931     $ 2,211,606     $ 1,962,008     $ 1,879,474     $ 1,741,637  
    


 


 


 


 


Allowance for loan losses:

                                        

Allowance at beginning of year

   $ 37,484     $ 34,356     $ 34,073     $ 31,118     $ 29,568  
    


 


 


 


 


Charge-offs:

                                        

Commercial and commercial real estate

     (5,240 )     (6,783 )     (8,099 )     (6,603 )     (7,987 )

Real estate – construction

     (103 )     (85 )     —         (350 )     —    

Residential real estate – mortgages

     (260 )     (202 )     (101 )     (152 )     (96 )

Consumer and other (1)

     (1,485 )     (2,050 )     (1,748 )     (1,428 )     (914 )
    


 


 


 


 


Subtotal

     (7,088 )     (9,120 )     (9,948 )     (8,533 )     (8,997 )
    


 


 


 


 


Recoveries:

                                        

Commercial and commercial real estate

     761       1,550       560       1,403       615  

Real estate – construction

     89       2       —         —         —    

Residential real estate – mortgages

     —         47       46       43       —    

Consumer and other (1)

     712       566       392       142       232  
    


 


 


 


 


Subtotal

     1,562       2,165       998       1,588       847  
    


 


 


 


 


Net charge-offs

     (5,526 )     (6,955 )     (8,950 )     (6,945 )     (8,150 )
    


 


 


 


 


Provision for loan losses

     5,523       10,083       9,233       9,900       9,700  
    


 


 


 


 


Allowance at end of year

   $ 37,481     $ 37,484     $ 34,356     $ 34,073     $ 31,118  
    


 


 


 


 


Net charge-offs to average total loans

     0.24 %     0.34 %     0.47 %     0.39 %     0.49 %

Allowance to total loans at end of year

     1.57 %     1.69 %     1.75 %     1.81 %     1.79 %

Allowance to non-performing loans

     278.69 %     265.98 %     150.79 %     186.62 %     178.84 %

(1) Consumer loan charge-offs include charge-offs relating to credit card loans, indirect and direct auto loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, overdrafts and all other types of consumer loans.

 

Loans are charged off when the loss is highly probable and clearly identified. Net charge-offs were $5.5 million, or 0.24% of average loans, during 2005. In comparison, net charge-offs totaled $7.0 million, or 0.34% of average loans, during 2004 and $9.0 million, or 0.47% of average loans, during 2003. The provision for loan losses was $5.5 million, $10.1 million, and $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 respectively.

 

As a business bank, our loan portfolio is comprised primarily of commercial loans to businesses, the loans to which are inherently larger in amount than loans to individual consumers. Individually larger commercial loans can cause greater volatility in reported credit quality performance measures, such as total impaired or nonperforming loans. For example, our current credit risk rating and loss estimate with respect to a single material loan can have a material impact on our reported impaired loans and related loss exposure estimates. We review our estimates on a quarterly basis and, as we identify changes in estimates, the allowance for loan losses is adjusted through the recording of a provision for loan losses.

 

39


Table of Contents

The table below presents an allocation of the allowance for loan losses among the various loan categories and sets forth the percentage of loans in each category to gross loans. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses as shown in the table should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions.

 

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

    As of December 31,

 
    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 
    AMOUNT

  LOAN
CATEGORY
TO GROSS
LOANS


    AMOUNT

  LOAN
CATEGORY
TO GROSS
LOANS


    AMOUNT

  LOAN
CATEGORY
TO GROSS
LOANS


    AMOUNT

  LOAN
CATEGORY
TO GROSS
LOANS


    AMOUNT

  LOAN
CATEGORY
TO GROSS
LOANS (1)


 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Allocated:

                                                           

Commercial and commercial real estate

  $ 20,705   61.2 %   $ 20,128   62.8 %   $ 21,438   62.8 %   $ 18,751   56.9 %   $ 17,516   50.3 %

Real estate – construction

    9,718   28.7       7,711   24.0       6,337   18.6       5,564   16.9       5,710   21.9  

Residential real estate – mortgages

    469   2.7       406   2.9       526   4.4       376   6.3       402   9.2  

Consumer and other

    2,292   7.4       3,501   10.3       3,389   14.2       4,614   19.9       2,131   18.6  

Unallocated

    4,297   —         5,738   —         2,666   —         4,768   —         5,359   —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

  $ 37,481   100.0 %   $ 37,484   100.0 %   $ 34,356   100.0 %   $ 34,073   100.0 %   $ 31,118   100.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Excludes mortgage loans held-for-sale.

 

Nonearning Assets

 

The Company has $23.2 million and $23.4 million of goodwill at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, created from the 1997 acquisition of the Bank. Goodwill was reduced by $117,000 during 2005 in connection with the sale of the land trust operations. In recording goodwill in 1997, the Company elected the composite useful life approach and aggregated existing intangible assets into goodwill. Intangible assets consisting of relationships with land trust customers were therefore, included in the original recognition of goodwill. In connection with the sale of the land trust operations in 2005, the amount of the goodwill relating to land trusts was offset against the proceeds from the sale. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and as of July 1, 2005, the Company determined that no impairment charge was necessary at that time. No additions or disposals to goodwill were recorded during 2004.

 

Premises, leasehold improvements, and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, increased to $15.1 million at December 31, 2005, compared to $14.8 million at December 31, 2004. The increase in premises, leasehold improvements and equipment was due to the construction of our Ashland banking center, as well the remodeling of our Wheeling banking center. Partially offsetting these increases was the completion in 2005 of the sale of our Broadview banking center that had a net book value $2.0 million.

 

Deposits

 

Our deposits consist of noninterest and interest-bearing demand deposits, savings deposits, CDs, certain public funds and customer repurchase agreements. Our customer repurchase agreements are reported in other borrowings. We also use brokered and other out-of-local-market CDs to support our asset base.

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the distribution of our average deposit account balances and average cost of funds on each category of deposits:

 

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2005

    2004

    2003

 
    AVERAGE
BALANCE


  PERCENT
OF
DEPOSITS


    RATE

    AVERAGE
BALANCE


  PERCENT
OF
DEPOSITS


    RATE

    AVERAGE
BALANCE


  PERCENT
OF
DEPOSITS


    RATE

 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 438,784   18.6 %   —   %   $ 447,345   20.8 %   —   %   $ 394,511   20.0 %   —   %

NOW accounts

    117,657   5.0     0.45       134,180   6.3     0.48       135,574   6.8     0.55  

Money market accounts

    509,832   21.6     2.08       430,740   20.0     0.86       429,071   21.7     0.92  

Savings deposits

    78,853   3.3     0.29       89,678   4.2     0.31       90,975   4.6     0.38  

Time deposits:

                                                     

Certificates of deposit

    541,547   22.9     3.14       510,632   23.8     2.39       475,827   24.0     2.58  

Out-of-local-market certificates of deposit

    139,001   5.9     3.36       96,663   4.5     2.59       92,499   4.7     3.00  

Brokered certificates of deposit

    463,476   19.6     3.61       369,735   17.3     2.92       290,255   14.7     2.51  

Public funds

    72,822   3.1     3.07       66,993   3.1     1.61       68,900   3.5     1.51  
   

 

       

 

       

 

     

Total time deposits

    1,216,846   51.5     3.34       1,044,023   48.7     2.55       927,481   46.9     2.52  
   

 

       

 

       

 

     

Total deposits

  $ 2,361,972   100.0 %         $ 2,145,966   100.0 %         $ 1,977,612   100.0 %      
   

 

       

 

       

 

     

 

During 2005, year-to-date average deposit balances increased $216.0 million, or 10.1%, to $2.36 billion in 2005 from $2.15 billion during 2004. Almost two-thirds of the increase in deposits was obtained through issuance of brokered and out-of-local-market CDs. Average brokered CDs increased $93.7 million during 2005, to $463.5 million in 2005 compared to an average of $369.7 million in 2004. In addition, average out-of-local-market CDs increased $42.3 million during 2005 to $139.0 million. From in-market sources, the largest increases in average balances were in money market accounts and customer CDs. Average money market accounts were $509.8 million during 2005, an increase of $79.1 million, or 18.4%, from $430.7 million during 2004. Average customer CDs increased $30.7 million, or 6.1%, during 2005 to $541.5 million as compared to $510.6 million during 2004.

 

During 2004, year-to-date average deposit balances increased $168.4 million, or 8.5%, to $2.15 billion from $1.98 billion during 2003. The increase in deposits was almost equally split between in-market and out-of-market funding sources. Average brokered CDs increased $79.5 million during 2004, to $369.7 million in 2004 compared to an average of $290.3 million in 2003. In addition, average out-of-local-market CDs increased $4.2 million during 2004 to $96.7 million. From in-market sources, the largest increases in average balances were in noninterest-bearing demand deposits and customer CDs. Average noninterest bearing demand deposits were $447.3 million during 2004, an increase of $52.8 million, or 13.4%, from $394.5 million during 2003. Average customer CDs increased $34.8 million, or 7.3%, during 2004 to $510.6 million as compared to $475.8 million during 2003.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the period end balances of total deposits at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, as well as categorizes our deposits as “in-market” and “out-of-market” deposits.

 

     At December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

     (in thousands)

In-market deposits:

                    

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 464,289    $ 519,158    $ 445,193

NOW accounts

     104,269      124,015      136,119

Savings accounts

     73,173      85,371      90,177

Money market accounts

     645,523      421,529      425,449

Customer certificates of deposit

     549,793      525,173      498,189

Public time deposits

     69,679      69,635      55,793
    

  

  

Total in-market deposits

     1,906,726      1,744,881      1,650,920

Out-of-market deposits:

                    

Out-of-local-market certificates of deposit

     131,116      124,005      76,475

Brokered certificates of deposit

     505,802      415,811      285,689
    

  

  

Total out-of-market deposits

     636,918      539,816      362,164
    

  

  

Total deposits

   $ 2,543,644    $ 2,284,697    $ 2,013,084
    

  

  

 

Total period-end deposit balances increased $258.9 million, or 11.3%, to $2.54 billion at December 31, 2005 compared to $2.28 billion at December 31, 2004. Total in-market deposits increased $161.8 million, or 9.3%, in 2005 to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2005. Total out-of-market deposits increased $97.1 million, or 18.0%, in 2005 to $636.9 million at December 31, 2005.

 

In-market funding increases occurred in money market deposits, which increased by $224.0 million to $645.5 million at year-end 2005, and customer CDs that increased by $24.6 million to $549.8 million at December 31, 2005. Deposits in noninterest bearing demand deposits, savings and NOW accounts declined $86.8 million, or 11.9%, at December 31, 2005.

 

A significant portion of the increase in money market accounts in 2005 was a result of increased deposits from a single deposit customer. On October 28, 2005, we entered into a strategic alliance with a tax-deferred exchange company in which all four of our tax-deferred exchange professionals became employees of that company and we became the primary financial custodian for that company in the Midwest region. As a result, tax-deferred exchange deposits increased to $247.9 million at December 31, 2005 from $115.0 million at December 31, 2004. Money market accounts also increased in 2005 from the introduction of a new, higher rate promotional account in the spring of 2005.

 

Our in-market deposits also include deposits and other borrowings from what we describe as “deposit-rich” customers. These customers include title companies, downstream correspondent banks and local municipalities, among others. Within this customer group, there were two customers with combined deposit balances of $165 million at December 31, 2005.

 

On January 27, 2005, we completed the sale of our Broadview banking center. In addition to selling the physical land and building, we sold approximately $19.7 million of deposits. The deposits sold consisted of $2.5 million of noninterest-bearing demand deposits, $4.1 million of interest-bearing demand deposits and $13.1 million of CDs. The sale of these deposits did not have a material impact on our funding.

 

42


Table of Contents

We utilize out-of-market CD’s to fund the portion of our earning asset growth that is not funded with in-market deposits and other borrowings. While these time deposits generally carry higher interest rates, prudent use of these alternatives is part of our strategy for the management of our overall cost of funding. When we evaluate the rate paid on a particular in-market deposit product, we quantify the cost of the increase and weigh it against the alternative of maintaining the rate and exposing ourselves to potential balance runoff, which then must be funded through alternative sources. This in-market deposit pricing strategy has been critical for us in the management of our cost of total funding. We offer CDs to out-of-local-market customers by providing rates to a private third-party electronic system that provides certificate of deposit rates from institutions across the country to its subscribers. These CDs are generally issued at amounts of $100,000 or less as the purchasers seek to maintain full FDIC deposit insurance protection. The balance of CDs obtained through this marketing medium was $131.1 million at December 31, 2005, as compared to $124.0 million and $76.5 million at December 31, 2004, and 2003, respectively. We also issue brokered CDs. The balance of our brokered CDs was $505.8 million, $415.8 million, and $285.7 million at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. Under FDIC regulations, only “well-capitalized” institutions may fund brokered CDs without prior regulatory approval, and the Bank is currently categorized as “well-capitalized”. Adverse operating results at the Bank or changes in industry conditions or overall market liquidity could lead to our inability to replace brokered deposits at maturity, which could result in higher costs to, or reduced asset levels at, the Bank.

 

Brokered CDs are carried net of the related broker placement fees and fair value adjustments related to those brokered CDs accounted for as fair value hedges. The broker placement fees are amortized to the maturity date of the related brokered CDs. The amortization is included in deposit interest expense. The fair value adjustment relates to those brokered CDs that are hedged with CD swaps. At December 31, 2005, the scheduled maturities of brokered CDs are as follows:

 

Year


  

Associated with

CD swaps


    All Others

    Total

 
     (in thousands)  

2006

   $ 10,000     $ 156,890     $ 166,890  

2007

     50,000       23,312       73,312  

2008

     29,888       9,896       39,784  

2009

     9,757       —         9,757  

2010

     39,535       —         39,535  

Thereafter

     179,157       —         179,157  
    


 


 


Subtotal

     318,337       190,098       508,435  

Unamortized broker placement fees

     (2,532 )     (552 )     (3,084 )

Fair value adjustment

     451       —         451  
    


 


 


Total

   $ 316,256     $ 189,546     $ 505,802  
    


 


 


 

We have entered into interest rate exchange contracts to change the fixed interest expense on certain brokered CDs to variable. Under these contracts, we receive a fixed interest rate over the term of the agreement and pay a floating interest rate based upon 3-month LIBOR. The notional amount of these interest rate exchange contracts related to brokered CDs totaled $320.0 million at December 31, 2005.

 

One of our key goals in 2006 is to increase our deposits from our commercial customers, particularly with respect to noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts. To achieve this goal we have revised our incentive compensation program to give more value to customer deposit accounts. Additionally, in 2006 we will be introducing cash management product enhancements including imaged lockbox and remote deposit capture. We believe our focus on operating companies and C & I lending customers will also facilitate growth in lower-cost deposits. Historically, our real estate developers and investors, in aggregate, maintain deposits approximating 14% of their aggregate loan outstandings. In comparison, our operating companies, in aggregate, maintain deposits approximating 70% of their aggregate loan outstandings. Our strategies and tactics to grow our deposits do not include significant expansion of our physical banking facilities.

 

43


Table of Contents

Time deposits, including public funds, in denominations of $100,000 or more totaled $342.8 million at December 31, 2005. The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2005:

 

     December 31, 2005

     (in thousands)

3 months or less

   $ 120,170

Between 3 months and 6 months

     56,776

Between 6 months and 12 months

     82,452

Over 12 months

     83,444
    

Total

   $ 342,842
    

 

Total period-end deposit balances increased $271.6 million, or 13.5%, to $2.28 billion at December 31, 2004 compared to $2.01 billion at December 31, 2003. Total in-market deposits increased $94.0 million, or 5.7%, in 2004 to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2004. Total out-of-market deposits increased $177.7 million, or 49.0%, in 2004 to $539.8 million at December 31, 2004. Brokered CDs increased $130.1 million during 2004 to $415.8 million and out-of-local market CDs increased $47.5 million during 2004 to $124.0 million at year-end 2004. In-market funding increases occurred in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, which increased by $74.0 million to $519.2 million at year-end 2004, and customer CDs that increased by $27.0 million to $525.2 million at December 31, 2004. Deposits in NOW and money market accounts declined.

 

Other Borrowings

 

At December 31, 2005, our other borrowings totaled $298.4 million as compared to $229.5 million at December 31, 2004. Average other borrowings for 2005 and 2004 were $248.7 million and $219.4 million, respectively. Our other borrowings include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and U.S. Treasury tax and loan note option accounts. The federal funds purchased are primarily noncollateralized funds obtained from financial institutions where the Bank acts as one of the selling institution’s primary correspondent banks. The overnight securities sold under agreement to repurchase are collateralized financing transactions and are primarily executed with local Bank customers. At December 31, 2005, we had a $100.0 million term repurchase agreement that we executed with a broker/dealer to fund a portion of our investment security purchases during 2005. The term repurchase agreement, which matures in September 2007, carries a variable interest rate tied to 3-month LIBOR with a maximum rate of 5.12%. At December 31, 2005, subject to available collateral, the Bank had available pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowings and repurchase agreement lines of $165 million and $750 million, respectively.

 

The following table shows categories of other borrowings having average balances during the period greater than 30% of stockholders’ equity at the end of each period. During each reported period, securities sold under repurchase agreements were the only category meeting this criteria.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements:

                        

Balance at year end

   $ 250,746     $ 185,737     $ 169,890  

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     3.24 %     1.19 %     0.75 %

Maximum amount outstanding (1)

   $ 276,827     $ 223,404     $ 219,658  

Average amount outstanding during the year

   $ 203,595     $ 176,944     $ 182,017  

Daily average interest rate during the year

     2.34 %     0.97 %     0.97 %

(1) Based on amount outstanding at month end during each year.

 

44


Table of Contents

Notes Payable and FHLB Advances

 

Notes payable. At December 31, 2005, the Company had a $20.0 million revolving credit facility that had not been drawn upon. The facility matures on November 27, 2006 and is secured by the Company’s pledge of its capital stock of the Bank. The underlying loan agreement requires that the Bank remain well capitalized and the holding company remain adequately capitalized as defined by regulatory guidelines. As of December 31, 2005, we were in compliance with these covenants.

 

At December 31, 2004, we had $10.0 million of unsecured, subordinated debt and $500,000 outstanding under our term loan. The subordinated debt and term loan were repaid in their entirety on September 7, 2005.

 

FHLB advances. Our borrowings from the FHLB totaled $75.0 million and carried a weighted average interest rate of 4.56% at both December 31, 2005 and 2004. The advances have remaining terms of approximately 5 years, but are callable at par at the FHLB’s option. The FHLB advances are collateralized by investment securities and a blanket lien on qualified first-mortgage residential and home equity loans. For additional details of the FHLB advances, see the section captioned “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements–Notes Payable and FHLB Advances” from our audited financial statements contained elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

At December 31, 2005, we had $87.6 million of junior subordinated debentures that were comprised of $46.4 million issued to TAYC Capital Trust I and $41.2 million issued to TAYC Capital Trust II. We report a liability for the total balance of the junior subordinated debentures issued to the Trusts. We report the equity investments in the Trusts of $2.6 million in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2005. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is reported in interest expense.

 

TAYC Capital Trust I is a wholly owned subsidiary we formed for the purpose of issuing $45.0 million of trust preferred securities in October 2002. Proceeds from the sale of these trust preferred securities, along with $1.4 million received from the purchase of its common equity securities, were invested by TAYC Capital Trust I in $46.4 million of our 9.75% junior subordinated debentures. The sole assets of the TAYC Capital Trust I are our junior subordinated debentures. Interest on both the trust preferred securities and junior subordinated debentures are payable quarterly at a rate of 9.75% per year. We incurred issuance costs of $3.1 million that is being amortized over the 30 year term of the junior subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2005, unamortized issuance costs relating to these debentures totaled $2.8 million.

 

In June 2004, we formed TAYC Capital Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary, for the purpose of issuing $40.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities. Proceeds from the sale of these trust preferred securities, along with $1.2 million received from the purchase of its common equity securities, were invested by TAYC Capital Trust II in $41.2 million of our floating rate junior subordinated debentures. The sole assets of the TAYC Capital Trust II are our junior subordinated debentures. The interest rate on both the trust preferred securities and the junior subordinated debentures equals the three-month LIBOR plus 2.68% and re-prices quarterly on the 17th of September, December, March and June. The interest rate on both was 7.18% and 5.18% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. We incurred issuance costs of $470,000 that is being amortized over the 30 year term of the junior subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2005, unamortized issuance costs relating to these debentures totaled $447,000.

 

Our obligations with respect to each of the trust preferred securities and the related debentures, in the aggregate, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by us of the obligations of each of the Trusts under the respective trust preferred securities. See the section of this annual report captioned “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements–Junior Subordinated Debentures” for additional details.

 

45


Table of Contents

Capital Resources

 

We monitor compliance with bank regulatory capital requirements, focusing primarily on the risk-based capital guidelines. Under the risk-based capital method of capital measurement, the ratio computed is dependent on the amount and composition of assets recorded on the balance sheet and the amount and composition of off-balance sheet items, in addition to the level of capital. Generally, Tier I capital includes common stockholders’ equity, trust preferred securities (up to certain limits), and, in prior periods, our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. Goodwill is deducted from Tier I capital. Total capital represents Tier I capital plus the allowance for loan loss, subject to certain limits, our subordinated note payable and the portion of the trust preferred securities not includable in Tier I capital.

 

At December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the holding company was considered “well capitalized” under capital guidelines set by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies. The holding company’s regulatory capital ratios increased in 2005 as a result of the common stock offering completed in August 2005 and from earnings retention. The holding company’s regulatory capital ratios declined in 2004 as a result of the increase in average and risk-weighted assets and the redemption of the preferred stock. During 2004, we redeemed the $38.25 million Series A noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, all of which qualified as Tier I capital. The Series A preferred stock was redeemed with the proceeds from the issuance of $40.0 million of trust preferred securities by TAYC Capital Trust II on June 16, 2004. A portion of the trust preferred securities qualifies as Tier I capital and the remainder qualifies as Tier II capital. As a result, the redemption of the preferred stock and the issuance of the trust preferred securities caused a decline in Tier I capital, but no material impact on total capital (Tier I and Tier II). Total capital increased in 2004 because of earnings retention.

 

At December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Bank was considered “well capitalized” under regulatory capital guidelines. All of the Bank’s capital ratios increased during 2005, as growth in equity outpaced the higher risk-weighted and average assets. During 2004, the Bank’s ratio of Tier I to risk weighted assets and total capital to risk weighted assets both decreased. The decrease was a result of higher risk weighted assets, partly offset by an increase in regulatory capital. Regulatory capital increased through earnings retention. The Bank’s dividend payout as a percentage of Bank net income was 28% for the year ended December 31, 2005. We intend to maintain the Bank’s capital levels at amounts above the regulatory “well capitalized” guidelines.

 

46


Table of Contents

The holding company and the Bank’s capital ratios were as follows for the dates indicated:

 

    ACTUAL

    FOR CAPITAL
ADEQUACY
PURPOSES


    TO BE WELL
CAPITALIZED
UNDER PROMPT
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
PROVISIONS


 
    AMOUNT

  RATIO

    AMOUNT

  RATIO

    AMOUNT

  RATIO

 
    (dollars in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2005:

                               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

  $ 324,050   12.02 %   >$215,693   >8.00 %   >$269,617   >10.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

    300,510   11.16     >215,325   >8.00     >269,156   >10.00  

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

    281,480   10.44     >$107,847   >4.00     >$161,770   >6.00  

Cole Taylor Bank

    266,818   9.91     >107,662   >4.00     >161,494   >6.00  

Leverage (to average assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

    281,480   8.90     >$126,475   >4.00     >$158,094   >5.00  

Cole Taylor Bank

    266,818   8.46     >126,182   >4.00     >157,727   >5.00  

As of December 31, 2004:

                               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

  $ 255,616   10.27 %   >$199,125   >8.00 %   >$248,906   >10.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

    262,350   10.55     >198,954   >8.00     >248,692   >10.00  

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

    181,437   7.29     >$99,563   >4.00     >$149,344   >6.00  

Cole Taylor Bank

    231,185   9.30     >99,477   >4.00     >149,215   >6.00  

Leverage (to average assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

    181,437   6.49     >$111,757   >4.00     >$139,696   >5.00  

Cole Taylor Bank

    231,185   8.29     >111,611   >4.00     >139,514   >5.00  

As of December 31, 2003:

                               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

  $ 231,328   10.44 %   >$177,300   >8.00 %   >$221,625   >10.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

    237,702   10.75     >176,823   >8.00     >221,028   >10.00  

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

    193,543   8.73     >88,650   >4.00     >132,975   >6.00  

Cole Taylor Bank

    209,990   9.50     >88,411   >4.00     >132,617   >6.00  

Leverage (to average assets)

                               

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

    193,543   7.64     >101,357   >4.00     >126,697   >5.00  

Cole Taylor Bank

    209,990   8.31     >101,130   >4.00     >126,413   >5.00  

 

During 2005, 2004, and 2003, we declared common stock dividends of $0.24 per share in each year. The amount of dividends paid was $2.5 million in 2005 and $2.3 million in 2004 and 2003. The increase in common shares outstanding because of the August 2005 public offering, as well as the exercise of stock options, caused the increase in the amount of dividends paid in 2005.

 

During 2004, we also declared preferred stock dividends of $1.225 per share, totaling $1.9 million. We redeemed the Series A preferred stock on July 16, 2004, and therefore no longer pay preferred dividends. During 2003, we declared preferred stock dividends of $2.25 per share, totaling $3.4 million.

 

As of December 31, 2005, we had purchased 323,007 shares of our common stock, at a cost of $7.1 million, which are held as treasury shares. Previously, under the terms of our employee stock ownership plan, stock option agreements, and the restricted stock program, we were obligated to purchase shares of our stock from

 

47


Table of Contents

terminated employees related to “put” rights. Following the completion of our common stock offering, we are no longer obligated to purchase shares of our stock under any of these plans and we purchased no additional treasury shares in 2005 or 2004.

 

Liquidity

 

In addition to the normal influx of liquidity from in-market deposit growth, in concert with repayments and maturities of loans and investments, the Bank utilizes brokered and out-of-local-market CDs, FHLB borrowings, broker/dealer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased to meet its liquidity needs. We manage the risks associated with this reliance on wholesale funding sources by extending and laddering the maturity of these liabilities and pledging collateral. We manage the risk associated with volatility in our customers’ deposit balances by maintaining adequate alternate sources of funding and excess collateral available for immediate use. For example, the Bank is able to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank using securities or commercial loans as collateral through the Borrower-in-Custody Program. Under this program, at December 31, 2005, the Bank maintained $411 million of commercial loans as collateral with a lendable value of $308 million. The Bank also maintains pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowing lines at various correspondent banks, which provide additional short-term borrowing capacity of $165 million at December 31, 2005. Pre-approved repurchase agreement availability with major brokers and banks totaled $750 million at December 31, 2005, subject to acceptable unpledged marketable securities.

 

At December 31, 2005, our total assets increased to $3.3 billion, a $391.6 million, or 13.6%, increased from December 31, 2004. The increase in total assets was primarily funded with a $279.5 million increase in deposits and a $68.9 million increase in other borrowings. The increase in deposits was primarily due to a $224.0 million increase in money market account balances and a $90.0 million increase in brokered CD balances. Cash inflow from operations exceeded cash outflows by $36.1 million in 2005. We also received $39.0 million of proceeds, net of issuance costs, from the offering of 1.15 million of our common shares in 2005. We believe that our current sources of funds are adequate to meet all of our financial commitments and asset growth targets for 2006.

 

During 2004, our total assets increased by $285.4 million, or 11.0%. The increase in total assets was primarily funded with the $273.0 million increase in deposits. The increase in deposits was primarily due to a $177.7 million increase in brokered and out-of-local-market CDs a $74.0 million increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Cash inflow from operations exceeded cash outflows by $37.1 million in 2004.

 

During 2003, our total assets increased by $68.2 million, or 2.7%. The asset growth was funded almost equally by wholesale deposits and cash provided by operations. Most of the increase in wholesale deposits was from higher brokered CD balances. Cash inflows from operations exceeded cash outflows by $41.2 million in 2003.

 

Interest received net of interest paid was the principal source of our operating cash inflows in each of the above periods. Management of investing and financing activities and market conditions determine the level and the stability of our net interest cash flows.

 

Our net cash outflows from investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $331.4 million, $305.8 million, and $94.2 million, respectively. During 2005, the net cash outflow was primarily invested in loans of $181.0 million and investment securities of $136.2 million. In 2004 and 2003, the net cash outflow was primarily invested in loans.

 

Our net cash inflows from financing activities for years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $377.1 million, $259.4 million, and $48.6 million, respectively. The majority of the cash inflows each year were from net increases in deposits. Net deposit inflows were $279.5 million, $273.0 million and $49.3 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. During 2005, we also utilized term securities sold under agreements to repurchase to fund a portion of our investing activities. A portion of the net proceeds of $39.0 million from our

 

48


Table of Contents

common stock offering was used to retire our subordinated and term debt totaling $10.5 million. In 2004, we used proceeds from the issuance of $41.2 million of junior subordinated debentures to TAYC Capital Trust II to redeem all of the outstanding Series A preferred stock at its stated amount of $38.25 million.

 

Holding Company Liquidity. Historically, our primary source of funds has been dividends received from the Bank. During 2005 and 2004, the Bank declared $6.0 million and $8.0 million, respectively of dividends to the holding company. During 2003, the Bank did not declare any dividends. The Bank is subject to dividend restrictions set forth by regulatory authorities, whereby the Bank may not, without prior approval of regulatory authorities, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings plus the retained earnings from the prior two years. The dividends, as of December 31, 2005, that the Bank could declare and pay to us, without the approval of regulatory authorities, amounts to approximately $78.4 million.

 

We also receive funds from the exercise of employee stock options. We received $2.6 million during each of 2005 and 2004 from the exercise of employee stock options, compared to $1.3 million in 2003.

 

In 2005, we received net proceeds, after issuance costs, of $39.0 million from the issuance of 1.15 million shares of our common stock. We used $10.5 million of the proceeds to repay our notes payable. To date we have maintained the remaining proceeds at the holding company level for general corporate purposes and to support future growth.

 

Our liquidity uses at the holding company level consist primarily of dividends to stockholders, debt service requirements on the debentures issued to TAYC Capital Trust I and TAYC Capital Trust II, and expenses for general corporate purposes. The holding company currently has sufficient cash to meet its expected obligations in 2006. In addition, we have a $20.0 million revolving credit facility, which was not drawn upon at December 31, 2005.

 

In 2004, we received net proceeds, after issuance costs, of $40.8 million from the issuance of junior subordinated debentures to TAYC Capital Trust II. We used most of these proceeds to redeem all of our outstanding Series A preferred stock. The redemption price was the stated value of $38.25 million, plus $153,000 of accrued and unpaid dividends since the last dividend distribution date. The remainder of the proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements include commitments to extend credit and financial guarantees. Commitments to extend credit and financial guarantees are used to meet the financial needs of our customers. We had commitments to extend credit of $925.5 million and $870.4 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Many customers do not utilize the total approved commitment amounts. Historically, approximately 60% of available consumer and commercial loan commitment amounts are drawn. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not usually represent future cash requirements.

 

We had $110.6 million and $114.8 million of financial and performance standby letters of credit at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Financial standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the payment of a specified financial obligation of a customer to a third party. Performance standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to make a payment to a specified third party in the event a customer fails to perform under a non-financial contractual obligation. The terms of these financial guarantees range from less than one to five years. The credit risk involved in issuing these letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. We expect most of these letters of credit to expire undrawn and we expect no significant loss from our obligation under financial guarantees.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following table shows as of December 31, 2005 the loan commitments and financial guarantees by maturity date.

 

     December 31, 2005

     Within One
Year


   One to Three
Years


   Four to Five
Years


  

After Five

Years


   Total

     (in thousands)

Commitments to extend credit:

                                  

Commercial

   $ 474,766    $ 298,516    $ 26,158    $ 21,675    $ 821,115

Consumer

     3,160      9,479      21,080      70,624      104,343

Financial guarantees:

                                  

Financial standby letters of credit

     41,406      12,458      178      1,088      55,130

Performance standby letters of credit

     48,110      7,019      208      150      55,487

 

The following table shows, as of December 31, 2005, our obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts, debt and lease agreements and maturing time deposits. FHLB advances are categorized by their call date as opposed to maturity date.

 

     December 31, 2005

    

Within One

Year


  

One to Three

Years


  

Four to Five

Years


  

After Five

Years


   Total

     (in thousands)

Notes payable and FHLB advances

   $ 75,000    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 75,000

Junior subordinated debentures

     —        —        —        87,638      87,638

Time deposits

     730,247      280,956      65,783      179,404      1,256,390

Operating leases

     3,191      5,994      5,538      13,478      28,201
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 808,438    $ 286,950    $ 71,321    $ 280,520    $ 1,447,229
    

  

  

  

  

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had interest rate exchange contracts with notional amounts totaling $320.0 million and $130.0 million, respectively, to change the fixed interest expense on certain brokered CDs to variable. Under these CD swaps, we receive a fixed interest rate equal to the rate paid on the brokered CDs and pay a variable interest rate based upon 3-month LIBOR.

 

In August 2004, we entered into a three-year swap, with a notional amount of $50.0 million, to hedge the variability in cash flows on certain prime-indexed commercial loans. Under the terms of this swap, we receive a fixed interest rate and pay a floating rate based upon the prime-lending rate. We account for this as a cash flow hedge, and the fair value of the interest rate swap is recorded as an asset or liability with the corresponding gain or loss recorded in other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity, net of tax.

 

During 2003, we entered into swaps with a total notional amount of $200 million, to hedge the variability of cash flows of certain prime-indexed commercial loans and accounted for these transactions as cash flow hedges. However, in October 2003, these swaps were terminated and the resulting gain on termination of $885,000 net of taxes, was deferred and recorded in other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. This deferred gain is being reclassified as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining term of the original swaps. During each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, $172,000 of this deferred gain was reclassified into interest income. During 2006, an additional $172,000 of this deferred gain is expected to be reclassified into interest income.

 

During 2005, we entered into two five-year interest rate floors, each with a $100.0 million notional amount. The agreements are based upon the prime lending rate and have interest rate floors of 5.50% and 6.25%. We use these interest rate floors as cash flow hedges of certain commercial loans that are tied to the prime lending rate,

 

50


Table of Contents

to protect interest income in the event that the prime lending rate declines below the floor level. The premium on the floors is amortized to loan interest income in proportion to the expected value of the floor, calculated at inception, in each of the future periods. The Company did not receive any payment in 2005 from these floors.

 

For additional information concerning the accounting treatment for our derivative instruments, please see “Application of Critical Accounting Policies — Derivative Financial Instruments” and Notes 1 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks

 

Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk affecting us. Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of our business activities. Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure to a movement in interest rates that could have an adverse effect on our net interest income or the market value of our financial instruments. The ongoing monitoring and management of this risk is an important component of our asset and liability management process, which is governed by policies established by the Board of Directors and carried out by the Bank’s Asset/Liability Management Committee, or ALCO. ALCO’s objectives are to manage, to the degree prudently possible, our exposure to interest rate risk over both the one year planning cycle and the longer term strategic horizon and, at the same time, to provide a stable and steadily increasing flow of net interest income. Interest rate risk management activities include establishing guidelines for tenor and repricing characteristics of new business flow, the maturity ladder of wholesale funding and investment security purchase and sale strategies, as well as the use of derivative financial instruments.

 

We have used various interest rate contracts, including swaps and interest rate floors, to manage interest rate and market risk. These contracts are designated as hedges of specific existing assets and liabilities. Our asset and liability management and investment policies do not allow the use of derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

Our primary measurement of interest rate risk is earnings at risk, which is determined through computerized simulation modeling. The primary simulation model assumes a static balance sheet, a parallel interest rate rising or declining ramp and uses the balances, rates, maturities and repricing characteristics of all of our existing assets and liabilities, including derivative financial instruments. These models are built with the sole objective of measuring the volatility of the embedded interest rate risk as of the balance sheet date and, as such, do not provide for growth or any changes in balance sheet composition. Projected net interest income is computed by the model assuming market rates remaining unchanged and compares those results to other interest rate scenarios with changes in the magnitude, timing, and relationship between various interest rates. The impact of embedded options in the balance sheet such as callable agencies and mortgage-backed securities, real estate mortgage loans, and callable borrowings are also considered. Changes in net interest income in the rising and declining rate scenarios are then measured against the net interest income in the rates unchanged scenario. ALCO utilizes the results of the model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes.

 

As short-term interest rates increased 325 basis points between June 2004 and December 2005, we took steps to reduce potential exposure to a possible declining interest rate environment in the future. Significant steps during 2005 included our purchase of $200 million in interest rate floors, the continued acquisition of CD interest rate swaps and the extension of the average life of our investment portfolio from four years to five years. As a result of these and other actions, the volatility of our interest rate sensitivity has been reduced in both the rising and falling interest rate environments as compared to December 31, 2004.

 

Net interest income for year one in a 200 basis points rising rate scenario was calculated to be $395,000, or 0.36%, higher than the net interest income in the rates unchanged scenario at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2004, the projected variance in the rising rate scenario was $3.8 million, or 3.84% higher than the rates unchanged scenario. Net interest income at risk for year one in a 200 basis points falling rate scenario was

 

51


Table of Contents

calculated at $3.0 million, or 2.75%, lower than the net interest income in the rates unchanged scenario at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2004, the projected variance for year one in a 100 basis points falling rate scenario was $4.2 million, or 4.23% lower than the rates unchanged scenario. These exposures were within our policy guidelines of 10%. Beginning in the first quarter of 2005, we reported our potential exposure to falling rates using 200 basis points as compared to 100 basis points in 2004.

 

Our interest income simulation modeling indicates that if interest rates were to remain unchanged in 2006, we would expect to be exposed to the negative impact of a significant portion of our time deposits maturing and repricing at today’s higher market rates, while a large portion of our assets are floating and therefore, already reflect today’s market rates.

 

Computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including, among other factors, no change in the balance sheet size or composition, relative levels of market interest rates, product pricing, reinvestment strategies and customer behavior influencing loan and security prepayments and deposit decay and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not contemplate any actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates. We cannot assure you that our actual net interest income would increase or decrease by the amounts computed by the simulations.

 

The following table indicates the estimated impact on net interest income in year one under various parallel ramp interest rate scenarios at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

     Change in Future Net Interest Income

 
     At December 31, 2005

    At December 31, 2004

 

Change in interest rates


   Dollar
Change


    Percentage
Change


    Dollar
Change


    Percentage
Change


 
     (dollars in thousands)  

+200 basis points over one year

   $ 395     0.36 %   $ 3,806     3.84 %

- 100 basis points over one year

     —       —         (4,194 )   (4.23 )%

- 200 basis points over one year

     (3,026 )   (2.75 )%     —       —    

 

We also model changes in the shape (steepness) of the yield curve, other parallel shifts in the yield, such as a 400 basis point increase in interest rates, and balance sheet growth scenarios. We also monitor the repricing terms of our assets and liabilities through gap matrix reports for the rates in unchanged, rising and falling interest rate scenarios. The reports illustrate, at designated time frames, the dollar amount of assets and liabilities maturing or repricing.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2005, on a consolidated basis, that we anticipate, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. The projected repricing of assets and liabilities anticipates prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments, as well as contractual maturities under an interest rate unchanged scenario within the selected time intervals. While we believe such assumptions are reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed repricing rates would approximate our actual future deposit activity.

 

    Volumes Subject to Repricing Within

   

0-30

Days


   

31-180

Days


   

181-365

Days


   

1-3

Years


   

4-5

Years


   

Over 5

Years


    Total

    (dollars in thousands)

Interest-earning assets:

                                                     

Short-term investments and federal funds sold

  $ 103,894     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 103,894

Investment securities and FHLB/Federal Reserve Bank stock

    4,160       49,472       45,826       196,131       74,957       299,153       669,699

Loans

    1,557,406       51,614       60,024       288,838       279,280       147,769       2,384,931
   


 


 


 


 


 


 

Total interest-earning assets

    1,665,460       101,086       105,850       484,969       354,237       446,922       3,158,524
   


 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                     

Interest-bearing checking, savings and money market accounts

    579,095       138,909       —         —         —         104,961       822,965

Certificates of deposit

    233,365       507,125       296,612       201,979       17,162       147       1,256,390

Short-term borrowings

    198,426       100,000       —         —         —         —         298,426

Notes payable/FHLB advances

    —         —         —         —         —         75,000       75,000

Junior subordinated debentures

    —         41,238       —         —         —         46,400       87,638
   


 


 


 


 


 


 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,010,886       787,272       296,612       201,979       17,162       226,508       2,540,419
   


 


 


 


 


 


 

Period gap

  $ 654,574     $ (686,186 )   $ (190,762 )   $ 282,990     $ 337,075     $ 220,414     $ 618,105
   


 


 


 


 


 


 

Cumulative gap

  $ 654,574     $ (31,612 )   $ (222,374 )   $ 60,616     $ 397,691     $ 618,105        
   


 


 


 


 


 


     

Period gap to total assets

    19.95 %     -20.92 %     -5.81 %     8.63 %     10.27 %     6.72 %      
   


 


 


 


 


 


     

Cumulative gap to total assets

    19.95 %     -0.97 %     -6.78 %     1.85 %     12.12 %     18.84 %      
   


 


 


 


 


 


     

Cumulative interest-earning assets to cumulative interest-bearing liabilities

    164.75 %     98.24 %     89.38 %     102.64 %     117.19 %     124.33 %      
   


 


 


 


 


 


     

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the gap table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates, both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. More importantly, changes in interest rates, prepayments and early withdrawal levels may deviate significantly from those assumed in the calculations in the table. As a result of these shortcomings, we focus more on earnings at risk simulation modeling than on gap analysis. Even though the gap analysis reflects a ratio of cumulative gap to total assets within acceptable limits, the earnings at risk simulation modeling is considered by management to be more informative in forecasting future income at risk.

 

Finally, we also monitor core funding utilization in each interest rate scenario as well as market value of equity. These measures are used to evaluate long-term interest rate risk beyond the two year planning horizon.

 

Litigation

 

We are from time to time a party to litigation arising in the normal course of business. Management knows of no such threatened or pending legal actions against us that are likely to have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results.

 

53


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In November 2005, the FASB released FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 115-1 “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”. This FSP amends FASB Statement No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, and nullifies certain requirements of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 03-01, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” This FSP provides guidance on the determination of when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. In addition, this FSP requires certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures for investments in an unrealized loss position for which other-than-temporary impairments have not been recognized. The guidance in this FSP is to be applied to reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005, but early application is permitted. We comply with the guidance in this FSP with respect to the determination and measurement of other-than-temporary impairment and have provided the required quantitative and qualitative disclosures. The adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

In December 2004, the FASB revised and reissued SFAS 123, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). This Statement revises the previously issued SFAS 123 and supersedes APB Opinion 25. SFAS 123R eliminates the intrinsic value method that we currently use to account for the granting of employee stock options. We intend to adopt SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method, recording compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. Stock-based compensation expense, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, will be recognized against earnings for the portion of outstanding unvested awards, based on the grant date fair value of those awards as calculated using a Black-Scholes pricing model under SFAS 123 for pro forma disclosure. We are currently evaluating to what extent the entity’s equity instruments will be used in the future for employees services and the transition provisions of this standard; therefore, the full impact to the Company’s financial statements of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R cannot be predicted with certainty.

 

While we have not yet completed our evaluation of the impact of adoption on the consolidated financial statements, including the transitional provisions of SFAS 123R, we will record increased expense as a result of implementation. While there are differences between SFAS 123R and the original SFAS 123, we have provided disclosure included in the note to the consolidated financial statements under the caption “Employee Benefit Plans” as if we had adopted stock option expensing in prior periods under the original provisions of SFAS 123. Future levels of compensation cost recognized related to share-based compensation awards may be impacted by new awards and/or modifications, repurchases, and cancellations of existing awards, if any, before and after the adoption of this standard.

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS 154 “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” This Statement provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections, and requires, unless impracticable, retrospective application for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to a newly issued accounting principle. This Statement also provides guidance on the reporting of a correction of an error by restating previously issued financial statements. This Statement is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005, but early adoption is permitted and we adopted this Statement in 2005.

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Some of the statements under “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K/A constitute forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act reflect our current expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. We have tried to identify these forward-looking statements by using words including “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “could” and “estimate” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to a number of

 

54


Table of Contents

risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities in 2006 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, without limitation: the effect on our profitability if interest rates fluctuate as well as the effect of our customers’ changing use of our deposit products; the possibility that our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our growth; the risk that our allowance for loan losses may prove insufficient to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio; possible volatility in loan charge-offs and recoveries between periods; the effectiveness of our hedging transactions and their impact on our future results of operations; the risks associated with implementing our business strategy and managing our growth effectively; changes in general economic conditions, interest rates, deposit flows, loan demand, including loan syndication opportunities, competition, legislation or regulatory and accounting principles, policies or guidelines, as well as other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors impacting our operations.

 

For further information about these and other risks, uncertainties and factors, please review the disclosure included in the section captioned “Risk Factors”.

 

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or risk factors, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason.

 

Quarterly Financial Information

 

The following table sets forth unaudited financial data regarding our operations for each of the four quarters of 2005 and 2004. This information, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly our results of operations for such periods, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments for the periods indicated. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 

    2005 Quarter Ended

    2004 Quarter Ended

    Dec. 31

    Sep. 30

    Jun. 30

  Mar. 31

    Dec. 31

    Sep. 30

  Jun. 30

    Mar. 31

    (in thousands, except per share data)

Interest income

  $ 49,873     $ 45,682     $ 42,742   $ 39,512     $ 37,002     $ 34,972   $ 32,869     $ 32,510

Interest expense

    21,177       18,202       16,158     13,665       12,341       11,262     10,033       9,194
   


 


 

 


 


 

 


 

Net interest income

    28,696       27,480       26,584     25,847       24,661       23,710     22,836       23,316

Provision for loan losses

    2,772       —         917     1,834       1,833       2,750     2,750       2,750

Noninterest income

    4,386       4,473       3,954     8,128       5,923       4,280     4,304       4,675

Net cash settlements on CD swaps

    22       198       241     223       517       707     735       207

Change in fair value of CD swaps

    (1,583 )     (2,549 )     1,821     (1,576 )     (279 )     1,940     (2,592 )     958

Gain (loss) on sale of investment securities, net

    —         —         —       127       (201 )     345     —         —  

Noninterest expense

    17,594       17,797       17,524     16,740       18,164       16,310     18,416       18,783
   


 


 

 


 


 

 


 

Income before income taxes

    11,155       11,805       14,159     14,175       10,624       11,922     4,117       7,623

Income taxes

    4,137       4,408       5,342     5,636       3,462       3,864     1,338       2,649
   


 


 

 


 


 

 


 

Net income

  $ 7,018     $ 7,397     $ 8,817   $ 8,539     $ 7,162     $ 8,058   $ 2,779     $ 4,974
   


 


 

 


 


 

 


 

Earnings per share:

                                                         

Basic

  $ 0.65     $ 0.73     $ 0.92   $ 0.88     $ 0.75     $ 0.84   $ 0.19     $ 0.43

Diluted

    0.63       0.71       0.90     0.87       0.73       0.84     0.18       0.43
   


 


 

 


 


 

 


 

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

The information contained in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

55


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   57

Financial Statements:

    

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004

   58

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   59

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   60

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   61

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   63

 

56


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 13, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

 

Chicago, Illinois

March 13, 2006

 

57


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,

 
   2005

    2004

 
ASSETS                 

Cash and cash equivalents:

                

Cash and due from banks

   $ 57,171     $ 55,101  

Federal funds sold

     1,900       15,000  

Short-term investments

     101,994       9,149  
    


 


Total cash and cash equivalents

     161,065       79,250  

Investment securities:

                

Available-for-sale, at fair value

     656,478       533,344  

Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $275 at December 31, 2005 and 2004)

     275       275  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $37,481 and $37,484 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively

     2,347,450       2,174,122  

Premises, leasehold improvements and equipment, net

     15,105       14,787  

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost

     12,946       12,516  

Other real estate and repossessed assets, net

     1,139       58  

Goodwill

     23,237       23,354  

Other assets

     62,977       51,342  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 3,280,672     $ 2,889,048  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                 

Deposits:

                

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 464,289     $ 519,158  

Interest-bearing

     2,079,355       1,765,539  
    


 


Total deposits

     2,543,644       2,284,697  

Other borrowings

     298,426       229,547  

Accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities

     56,646       46,093  

Notes payable and FHLB advances

     75,000       85,500  

Junior subordinated debentures

     87,638       87,638  
    


 


Total liabilities

     3,061,354       2,733,475  
    


 


Stockholders’ equity:

                

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized. No shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $.01 par value; 18,000,000 and 25,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively; 11,296,836 and 9,976,556 shares issued at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively; 10,973,829 and 9,653,549 shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively

     113       100  

Surplus

     191,816       147,682  

Unearned compensation - stock grants

     (2,322 )     (1,383 )

Retained earnings

     45,988       16,698  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

     (9,220 )     (467 )

Treasury stock, at cost, 323,007 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004

     (7,057 )     (7,057 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     219,318       155,573  
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,280,672     $ 2,889,048  
    


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

58


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Interest income:

                        

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 152,706     $ 114,598     $ 111,963  

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

                        

Taxable

     21,173       20,486       21,158  

Tax-exempt

     2,653       1,998       2,309  

Interest on cash equivalents

     1,277       271       454  
    


 


 


Total interest income

     177,809       137,353       135,884  
    


 


 


Interest expense:

                        

Deposits

     52,010       31,242       28,396  

Other borrowings

     6,147       2,228       2,124  

Notes payable and FHLB advances

     3,905       4,336       4,617  

Junior subordinated debentures

     7,140       5,024       5,017  
    


 


 


Total interest expense

     69,202       42,830       40,154  
    


 


 


Net interest income

     108,607       94,523       95,730  

Provision for loan losses

     5,523       10,083       9,233  
    


 


 


Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     103,084       84,440       86,497  
    


 


 


Noninterest income:

                        

Service charges

     9,022       10,854       12,336  

Trust and investment management fees

     4,545       5,331       4,852  

Gain on sale of land trusts

     2,000       —         —    

Gain on sale of branch

     1,572       —         —    

Gain on sale of investment securities, net

     127       144       —    

Loan syndication fees

     2,673       1,350       1,000  

Net cash settlements on CD swaps

     684       2,166       —    

Change in fair value of CD swaps

     (3,887 )     27       —    

Other noninterest income

     1,129       1,647       1,853  
    


 


 


Total noninterest income

     17,865       21,519       20,041  
    


 


 


Noninterest expense:

                        

Salaries and employee benefits

     40,255       38,951       41,066  

Occupancy of premises

     7,035       7,465       7,203  

Furniture and equipment

     3,928       3,892       3,457  

Lease abandonment and termination charges

     —         984       3,534  

Corporate insurance

     1,373       2,334       2,989  

Computer processing

     1,805       1,874       2,038  

Legal fees, net

     1,891       1,808       943  

Advertising and public relations

     574       1,489       3,050  

Other noninterest expense

     12,794       12,876       14,943  
    


 


 


Total noninterest expense

     69,655       71,673       79,223  
    


 


 


Income before income taxes

     51,294       34,286       27,315  

Income taxes

     19,523       11,313       8,568  
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 31,771     $ 22,973     $ 18,747  
    


 


 


Preferred dividend requirements

     —         (1,875 )     (3,443 )
    


 


 


Net income applicable to common stockholders

   $ 31,771     $ 21,098     $ 15,304  
    


 


 


Basic earnings per common share

   $ 3.16     $ 2.21     $ 1.62  

Diluted earnings per common share

     3.09       2.19       1.61  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

59


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Series A 9%
Noncumulative
Perpetual
Preferred
Stock


    Common
Stock


  Surplus

    Unearned
Compensation
Stock Grants


    Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


    Treasury
Stock


    Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

  $ 38,250     $ 97   $ 142,008     $ (1,088 )   $ (15,140 )   $ 11,667     $ (7,057 )   $ 168,737  

Issuance of stock grants

    —         —       596       (596 )     —         —         —         —    

Forfeiture of stock grants

    —         —       (129 )     60       —         —         —         (69 )

Amortization of stock grants

    —         —       —         486       —         —         —         486  

Exercise of stock options

    —         1     1,268       —         —         —         —         1,269  

Tax benefit on stock options exercised and stock awards

    —         —       175       —         —         —         —         175  

Comprehensive income:

                                                             

Net income

    —         —       —         —         18,747       —         —         18,747  

Change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         (7,989 )     —         (7,989 )

Deferred gain from termination of cash flow hedging instruments, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         842       —         842  
                                                         


Total comprehensive income

                                                          11,600  
                                                         


Preferred Dividends — $2.25 per share

    —         —       —         —         (3,443 )     —         —         (3,443 )

Common Dividends — $0.24 per share

    —         —       —         —         (2,270 )     —         —         (2,270 )
   


 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

  $ 38,250     $ 98   $ 143,918     $ (1,138 )   $ (2,106 )   $ 4,520     $ (7,057 )   $ 176,485  

Redemption of preferred stock

    (38,250 )     —       —         —         —         —         —         (38,250 )

Issuance of stock grants

    —         —       775       (775 )     —         —         —         —    

Forfeiture of stock grants

    —         —       (68 )     19       —         —         —         (49 )

Amortization of stock grants

    —         —       —         511       —         —         —         511  

Exercise of stock options

    —         2     2,550       —         —         —         —         2,552  

Tax benefit on stock options exercised and stock awards

    —         —       507       —         —         —         —         507  

Comprehensive income:

                                                             

Net income

    —         —       —         —         22,973       —         —         22,973  

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities, net of reclassification adjustment, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         (4,477 )     —         (4,477 )

Change in unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         (338 )     —         (338 )

Change in deferred gain from termination of cash flow hedging instruments, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         (172 )     —         (172 )
                                                         


Total comprehensive income

                                                          17,986  
                                                         


Preferred Dividends — $1.225 per share

    —         —       —         —         (1,875 )     —         —         (1,875 )

Common Dividends — $0.24 per share

    —         —       —         —         (2,294 )     —         —         (2,294 )
   


 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

  $ —       $ 100   $ 147,682     $ (1,383 )   $ 16,698     $ (467 )   $ (7,057 )   $ 155,573  

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

    —         12     38,938       —         —         —         —         38,950  

Issuance of stock grants

    —         —       2,070       (2,070 )     —         —         —         —    

Forfeiture of stock grants

    —         —       (593 )     268       —         —         —         (325 )

Amortization of stock grants

    —         —       —         863       —         —         —         863  

Exercise of stock options

    —         1     2,636       —         —         —         —         2,637  

Tax benefit on stock options exercised and stock awards

    —         —       1,083       —         —         —         —         1,083  

Comprehensive income:

                                                             

Net income

    —         —       —         —         31,771       —         —         31,771  

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities, net of reclassification adjustment, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         (7,401 )     —         (7,401 )

Change in unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         (1,180 )     —         (1,180 )

Change in deferred gain from termination of cash flow hedging instruments, net of income taxes

    —         —       —         —         —         (172 )     —         (172 )
                                                         


Total comprehensive income

                                                          23,018  

Common Dividends — $0.24 per share

    —         —       —         —         (2,481 )     —         —         (2,481 )
   


 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2005

  $ —       $ 113   $ 191,816     $ (2,322 )   $ 45,988     $ (9,220 )   $ (7,057 )   $ 219,318  
   


 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

60


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 31,771     $ 22,973     $ 18,747  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Lease abandonment and termination charges

     —         984       3,534  

Investment securities gains, net

     (127 )     (144 )     —    

Amortization of premiums and discounts, net

     1,766       2,360       986  

Deferred loan fee amortization

     (4,728 )     (3,331 )     (2,631 )

Provision for loan losses

     5,523       10,083       9,233  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,367       3,388       3,623  

Amortization of intangible assets

     3       13       370  

Deferred income taxes

     (814 )     (1,033 )     (2,667 )

Loss (gain) on sales of other real estate

     177       225       (35 )

Provision for other real estate

     —         71       —    

Gain on sale of credit card loans

     —         —         (140 )

Gain on sale of branch

     (1,572 )     —         —    

Gain on sale of land trusts

     (2,000 )     —         —    

Other, net

     667       722       1,740  

Changes in other assets and liabilities:

                        

Accrued interest receivable

     (6,238 )     (2,324 )     1,377  

Other assets

     (1,324 )     317       2,259  

Accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities

     9,652       2,828       4,802  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     36,123       37,132       41,198  
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (206,005 )     (251,894 )     (243,964 )

Proceeds from principal payments and maturities of available-for-sale securities

     67,120       94,435       243,692  

Proceeds from principal payments and maturities of held-to-maturity securities

     —         250       300  

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities

     2,725       103,475       —    

Net increase in loans

     (181,015 )     (254,823 )     (91,255 )

Sale of credit card loans

     —         —         1,259  

Investment in TAYC Capital Trust II

     —         (1,239 )     —    

Additions to premises, leasehold improvements and equipment

     (5,702 )     (1,235 )     (6,057 )

Proceeds from the sale of premises, leasehold improvements and equipment

     —         3,802       —    

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

     317       1,411       1,779  

Net cash paid on sale of branch

     (10,853 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sale of land trusts

     2,050       —         —    
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (331,363 )     (305,818 )     (94,246 )
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

61


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Net increase in deposits

   $ 279,491     $ 273,002     $ 49,335  

Net increase in other borrowings

     68,879       10,439       3,748  

Repayments of notes payable and FHLB advances

     (10,500 )     (25,000 )     (15,000 )

Proceeds from notes payable and FHLB advances

     —         —         15,000  

Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures

     —         41,238       —    

Trust preferred issuance costs

     —         (390 )     —    

Redemption of preferred securities

     —         (38,250 )     —    

Proceeds from issuance of common securities, net

     38,950       —         —    

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

     2,637       2,552       1,269  

Dividends paid

     (2,402 )     (4,159 )     (5,709 )
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     377,055       259,432       48,643  
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     81,815       (9,254 )     (4,405 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     79,250       88,504       92,909  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 161,065     $ 79,250     $ 88,504  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                        

Cash paid during the year for:

                        

Interest

   $ 64,750     $ 41,233     $ 40,936  

Income taxes

     18,279       11,809       5,512  

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

                        

Change in fair value of available-for-sale investment securities, net of income taxes

   $ (7,401 )   $ (4,477 )   $ (7,989 )

Loans transferred to other real estate

     1,456       1,601       1,283  

Tax benefit on stock options exercised and stock awards

     1,083       507       175  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

62


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies:

 

The accounting and reporting policies of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the “Company”) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general reporting practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

The following is a summary of the more significant accounting and reporting policies:

 

Consolidation:

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cole Taylor Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a $3.3 billion asset commercial bank with banking offices located in the Chicago metropolitan area. The Bank provides a full range of commercial banking services, primarily to small and midsize business, and consumer banking products and services. All significant intercompany balances and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated. The Company also owns all of the common stock of TAYC Capital Trust I and TAYC Capital Trust II (each, a “Trust” and collectively, the “Trusts”), both of which are unconsolidated subsidiaries. TAYC Capital Trust I, formed in 2002, and TAYC Capital Trust II, formed in June 2004, both are Delaware statutory trusts created to issue trust preferred securities.

 

The Company’s products and services consist of commercial banking credit and deposit products delivered by a single operations area. The Company does not have separate and discrete operating segments.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks or other financial institutions, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell with original maturities less than 90 days. All federal funds are sold overnight with daily settlement required.

 

Investment Securities:

 

Securities that may be sold as part of the Company’s asset/liability or liquidity management or in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, or for other similar factors, are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses on such securities are reported, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Securities that the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost. Premiums on investment securities are amortized to the call date and discounts are accreted to the maturity date using the level-yield method. A decline in fair value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value, a charge to earnings, and a new cost basis for the security. In determining if an impairment is other-than-temporary, the Company considers whether it has the ability and intent to hold an investment until market price recovery, the reasons for impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, changes in value subsequent to year-end, and forecasted performance of the security. Realized gains and losses on the sales of all securities are reported in income and computed using the specific identification method. Securities classified as trading are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses included in noninterest income. Dividends and interest income are recognized when earned.

 

63


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Loans:

 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discount. Unearned discount on consumer loans is recognized as income over the terms of the loans using the sum-of-the-months-digits method, which approximates the interest method. Interest income on other loans is generally recognized using the level-yield method. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of the related loans’ yields.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

An allowance for loan losses has been established to provide for those loans that may not be repaid in their entirety. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans are charged off when the loss is highly probable and clearly identified. Although a loan is charged off, collection efforts may continue and future recoveries may occur. Management maintains the allowance at a level considered adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

 

In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, consideration is given to many quantitative and qualitative factors including historical charge-off experience, growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, the volume of delinquent and criticized loans, information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and estimated collateral values, general economic and business conditions and collateral valuations, impact of competition on our underwriting terms and other factors and estimates which are subject to change over time. Estimating the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. These estimates are reviewed quarterly and, as changes in estimates are identified by management, the amounts are reflected in income through the provision for loan losses in the appropriate period.

 

A portion of the total allowance for loan losses is related to impaired loans. Certain homogenous loans, including residential mortgage and consumer loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment and, therefore, excluded from impaired loans. A loan is considered impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include all nonaccrual loans as well as certain accruing loans judged to have higher risk of noncompliance with the present contractual repayment schedule for both interest and principal. Once a loan has been determined to be impaired, it is measured to establish the amount of the impairment, if any, based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that collateral-dependent loans may be measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a valuation allowance is recognized. While impaired loans exhibit weaknesses that may inhibit repayment in compliance with the original note terms, the measurement of impairment may not always result in an allowance for loan loss for every impaired loan.

 

Income Recognition on Nonaccrual Loans:

 

Loans are placed on a nonaccrual basis for recognition of interest income when sufficient doubt exists as to the full collection of principal and interest. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual when principal and interest is contractually past due 90 days, unless the loan is adequately secured and in the process of collection. The nonrecognition of interest income on an accrual basis does not constitute forgiveness of the interest. After a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any current period interest previously accrued but not yet collected is reversed against current income. Interest is included in income subsequent to the date the loan is placed on nonaccrual

 

64


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

status only as interest is received and so long as management is satisfied that there is a high probability that principal will be collected in full. The loan is returned to accrual status only when the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled.

 

Premises, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment:

 

Premises, leasehold improvements, and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is charged to operating expense using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes over a three to twenty-five year period, based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvement.

 

Premises offered or contracted for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value, less cost to sell, and depreciation on such assets is ceased. A charge to expense for the abandonment of a leased facility is recorded in the period that the Company ceases to occupy the space. The charge is determined based upon the remaining lease rentals, reduced by estimated sublease rentals that could reasonably be obtained from the property. Leasehold improvements associated with abandoned facilities are charged to expense in the period in which the Company ceases to occupy the space.

 

Other Real Estate:

 

Other real estate primarily includes properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. At foreclosure, the other real estate is recorded at the lower of the amount of the loan balance or the fair value of the real estate, less costs to sell, through a charge to the allowance for loan losses, if necessary. Subsequent write-downs required by changes in estimated fair value or disposal expenses are provided through a valuation allowance and the provision for losses is charged to noninterest expense. Carrying costs of these properties, net of related income, and gains or losses on the sale from their disposition are also included in current operations as other noninterest expense.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets:

 

Goodwill was created upon the Company’s acquisition of the Bank in 1997 and represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The transaction was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. Under purchase accounting, the price is allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. Goodwill is not amortized, but tested annually for impairment, and if, at any time impairment exists, the Company will record an impairment loss.

 

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized straight-line over their estimated useful lives and tested for impairment only when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered.

 

Income Taxes:

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the income tax provision. At times, the Company applies different tax treatment for selected transactions for tax return purposes than for financial reporting purposes. The accruals for income taxes include reserves for those differences in position. The reserves are utilized or reversed once the statute of limitations has expired or when the Company determines that it is

 

65


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

probable that the position taken on the tax return will be sustained by the taxing authorities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, when in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

Employee Benefit Plans:

 

Stock Option Plan: The Company applies the intrinsic value method of accounting promulgated under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. Accordingly, no compensation cost is recognized in connection with the granting of stock options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of the grant. Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123”, establishes a fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation, but it allows entities to continue to apply the intrinsic value method in accordance with the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide certain pro forma net income disclosures determined as if the fair value method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied. In January 2006, the Company adopted the revised and reissued SFAS No. 123, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which requires the Company to record compensation expense on all stock based awards, including stock options. See the section captioned “New Accounting Standards” for further details.

 

The following table provides the pro forma effect on net income and earnings per share if the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation had been used for all awards:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
           2005      

          2004      

          2003      

 
    

(dollars in thousand, except per

share amounts)

 

Net income as reported

   $ 31,771     $ 22,973     $ 18,747  

Add: Stock-based compensation, net of tax, included in the determination of net income, as reported

     326       278       253  

Deduct: Stock-based compensation, net of tax, that would have been reported if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards

     (848 )     (757 )     (769 )
    


 


 


Pro forma net income

     31,249       22,494       18,231  

Less preferred dividend requirements

     —         (1,875 )     (3,443 )
    


 


 


Pro forma net income available to common stockholders

   $ 31,249     $ 20,619     $ 14,788  
    


 


 


Basic earnings per common share

                        

As reported

   $ 3.16     $ 2.21     $ 1.62  

Pro forma

     3.11       2.16       1.56  

Diluted earnings per common share

                        

As reported

   $ 3.09     $ 2.19     $ 1.61  

Pro forma

     3.04       2.14       1.55  

 

66


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following are the significant assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock option awards, using a modified Black-Scholes option pricing model, under the fair value accounting method from SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Grant date fair value per share

   $ 9.12     $ 6.03     $ 4.48  

Significant assumptions:

                        

Risk-free interest rate at grant date

     4.23 %     3.40 %     3.74 %

Expected stock price volatility

     19.47 %     16.02 %     14.96 %

Expected dividend payout

     0.77 %     0.92 %     1.19 %

Expected option life

     7 years       7 years       7 years  

 

Restricted Stock Plan: Under its plan, the Company can grant restricted stock awards that vest upon completion of future service requirements or specified performance criteria. The Company accounts for restricted stock grants with only future service requirements under the fixed method of accounting. Compensation expense is recorded for the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. The expense is recognized over the vesting period of the award, and for awards that are forfeited, any expense previously recorded is reversed. For awards that vest upon satisfaction of specified performance criteria, the Company uses the variable method of accounting with the final measure of compensation cost based upon the number of shares that ultimately vest and the market price on the date the performance criteria are met. At each interim date, compensation cost is measured based upon an estimate of the number of shares that will vest considering the performance criteria and the market price of the stock at the interim date. Under both the variable and fixed method of accounting, unearned compensation is recorded as a reduction in stockholders’ equity.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan: The Company maintains a nonqualified deferred compensation program for certain key employees which allows the participants to defer a portion of their base, commission, or incentive compensation. The amount of compensation deferred by the participant, along with any Company discretionary contributions to the plan, are held in a rabbi trust for the participants. The Company’s discretionary contributions are recorded as additional compensation expense when contributed. While the Company maintains ownership of the assets, the participants are allowed to direct the investment of the assets in several equity and fixed income mutual funds. These assets are recorded at their approximate fair market value in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. A liability is established, in accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, for the fair value of the obligation to the participants. Any increase or decrease in the fair market value of plan assets is recorded in other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Any increase or decrease in the fair value of the deferred compensation obligation to participants is recorded as additional compensation expense or a reduction of compensation expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities:

 

We use derivative financial instruments (derivatives), including interest rate exchange and floor agreements to assist in our interest rate risk management. The Company’s asset and liability management and investment policies do not allow the use of derivatives for trading purposes. In accordance with SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, all derivatives are measured and reported at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet as either an asset or a liability. For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in the fair values. For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or

 

67


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For all hedging relationships, derivative gains and losses that are not effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings during the period of the change. Similarly, the changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 are also reported currently in earnings, in noninterest income.

 

The net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. The net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income.

 

At the inception of the hedge and quarterly thereafter, a formal assessment is performed to determine whether changes in the fair values or cash flows of the derivatives have been highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged item and whether they are expected to be highly effective in the future. The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it is determined that the derivative is or will no longer be effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative expires, is sold, or terminated, or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

 

When hedge accounting is discontinued, the future gains and losses arising from any change in fair value are recorded as noninterest income. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transaction is still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized or accreted into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions would have affected earnings.

 

The estimates of fair values of our derivatives are calculated using independent valuation models to estimate mid-market valuations. The fair values produced by these proprietary valuation models are in part theoretical and therefore can vary between derivative dealers and are not necessarily reflective of the actual price at which the contract could be traded. Small changes in assumptions can result in significant changes in valuation. The risks inherent in the determination of the fair value of a derivative may result in income statement volatility.

 

Financial Instruments:

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit, letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded.

 

Comprehensive Income:

 

Comprehensive income includes net income, unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, and gains and losses associated with cash flow hedging instruments. The statement of comprehensive income is included within the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. Also, see Note 22 – “Other Comprehensive Income” for further details.

 

New Accounting Standards:

 

In November 2005, the FASB released FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 115-1 “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”. This FSP amends FASB Statement No. 115,

 

68


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

“Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, and nullifies certain requirements of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 03-01, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” This FSP provides guidance on the determination of when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. In addition, this FSP requires certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures for investments in an unrealized loss position for which other-than-temporary impairments have not been recognized. The guidance in this FSP is to be applied to reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005, but early application is permitted. The Company complies with the guidance in this FSP with respect to the determination and measurement of other-than-temporary impairment and has provided the required quantitative and qualitative disclosures. The adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In December 2004, the FASB revised and reissued SFAS 123, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). This Statement revises the previously issued SFAS 123 and supersedes APB Opinion 25. SFAS 123R eliminates the intrinsic value method that we currently use to account for the granting of employee stock options. The Company intends to adopt SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method, recording compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. Stock-based compensation expense, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, will be recognized against earnings for the portion of outstanding unvested awards, based on the grant date fair value of those awards as calculated using a Black-Scholes pricing model under SFAS 123 for pro forma disclosure. The Company is currently evaluating to what extent the entity’s equity instruments will be used in the future for employees services and the transition provisions of this standard; therefore, the full impact to the Company’s financial statements of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R cannot be predicted with certainty.

 

While the Company has not yet completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption on the consolidated financial statements, including the transitional provisions of SFAS 123R, the Company will record increased expense as a result of implementation. While there are differences between SFAS 123R and SFAS 123, the Company has provided disclosures, included in this note to the consolidated financial statements under the caption “Employee Benefit Plans”, as if the Company had adopted stock option expensing in prior periods under the original provisions of SFAS 123. Future levels of compensation cost recognized related to share-based compensation awards may be impacted by new awards and/or modifications, repurchases, and cancellations of existing awards, if any, before and after the adoption of this standard.

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS 154 “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” This Statement provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections, and requires, unless impracticable, retrospective application for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to a newly issued accounting principle. This Statement also provides guidance on the reporting of a correction of an error by restating previously issued financial statements. This Statement is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005, but early adoption is permitted and the Company adopted this Statement in 2005.

 

Reclassifications:

 

Amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

2. Cash and Due From Banks

 

The Bank is required to maintain a balance with the Federal Reserve Bank to cover reserve and clearing requirements. The average balance required to be maintained for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $2.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Investment Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2005

    

Amortized

Cost


  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains


  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses


   

Estimated

Fair Value


     (in thousands)

Available-for-sale:

                            

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 203,753    $ —      $ (3,396 )   $ 200,357

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     187,368      92      (4,360 )     183,100

Mortgage-backed securities

     166,592      136      (4,830 )     161,898

State and municipal obligations

     111,380      1,357      (1,614 )     111,123
    

  

  


 

Total available-for-sale

     669,093      1,585      (14,200 )     656,478
    

  

  


 

Held-to-maturity:

                            

Other debt securities

     275      —        —         275
    

  

  


 

Total held-to-maturity

     275      —        —         275
    

  

  


 

Total

   $ 669,368    $ 1,585    $ (14,200 )   $ 656,753
    

  

  


 

 

     December 31, 2004

    

Amortized

Cost


  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains


  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses


   

Estimated

Fair Value


     (in thousands)

Available-for-sale:

                            

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 194,370    $ 76    $ (753 )   $ 193,693

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     117,020      207      (1,534 )     115,693

Mortgage-backed securities

     181,515      735      (1,899 )     180,351

State and municipal obligations

     41,668      1,939      —         43,607
    

  

  


 

Total available-for-sale

     534,573      2,957      (4,186 )     533,344
    

  

  


 

Held-to-maturity:

                            

Other debt securities

     275      —        —         275
    

  

  


 

Total held-to-maturity

     275      —        —         275
    

  

  


 

Total

   $ 534,848    $ 2,957    $ (4,186 )   $ 533,619
    

  

  


 

 

70


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes, for investment securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2005, the amount of the unrealized loss and the related fair value of investment securities with unrealized losses. The unrealized losses have been further segregated by investment securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 or more months. At December 31, 2005, the Company had 120 investment securities in an unrealized loss position. Of these securities, twenty-five securities have been in a loss position for 12 or more months. Management believes the declines in market value is attributed to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company has both the intent and ability to hold all of these securities for the time necessary until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005.

 

    Length Of Continuous Unrealized Loss Position

 
    Less than 12 months

    12 months or longer

    Total

 
    Fair Value

  Unrealized
Losses


    Fair Value

  Unrealized
Losses


    Fair Value

  Unrealized
Losses


 
    (in thousands)  

Available-for-sale:

                                         

U.S. government agency securities

  $ 25,386   $ (185 )   $ 174,971   $ (3,211 )   $ 200,357   $ (3,396 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    96,399     (1,991 )     81,521     (2,369 )     177,920     (4,360 )

Mortgage-backed securities

    59,442     (1,068 )     96,698     (3,762 )     156,140     (4,830 )

State and municipal obligations

    62,141     (1,614 )     —       —         62,141     (1,614 )
   

 


 

 


 

 


Temporarily impaired securities – Available-for-sale

    243,368     (4,858 )     353,190     (9,342 )     596,558     (14,200 )
   

 


 

 


 

 


Held-to-maturity:

                                         

Other debt securities

    —       —         —       —         —       —    
   

 


 

 


 

 


Temporarily impaired securities – Held-to-maturity

    —       —         —       —         —       —    
   

 


 

 


 

 


Total temporarily impaired securities

  $ 243,368   $ (4,858 )   $ 353,190   $ (9,342 )   $ 596,558   $ (14,200 )
   

 


 

 


 

 


 

The following table shows the contractual maturities of debt securities, categorized by amortized cost and estimated fair value, at December 31, 2005.

 

     Amortized
Cost


   Estimated
Fair Value


     (in thousands)

Available-for-sale:

             

Due in one year or less

   $ 145,855    $ 143,635

Due after one year through five years

     95,162      94,753

Due after five years through ten years

     72,324      71,340

Due after ten years

     1,792      1,752

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     187,368      183,100

Mortgage-backed securities

     166,592      161,898
    

  

Totals

   $ 669,093    $ 656,478
    

  

Held-to-maturity:

             

Due in one year or less

   $ —      $ —  

Due after one year through five years

     275      275

Due after five years through ten years

     —        —  

Due after ten years

     —        —  
    

  

Totals

   $ 275    $ 275
    

  

 

71


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Gross gains of $127,000 and $397,000 were realized on the sale of investment securities classified as available-for-sale during 2005 and 2004, while no gross gains were realized during 2003. No gross losses were realized on available-for-sale investment securities in 2005 and 2003, while gross losses of $253,000 were realized on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities in 2004.

 

Investment securities with an approximate book value of $395 million and $304 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were pledged to collateralize certain deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

Investment securities do not include the Bank’s investment in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank stock of $12.9 million and $12.5 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These investments are required for membership and are carried at cost. The Bank also must maintain a specified level of investment in FHLB stock based upon the amount of outstanding FHLB borrowings.

 

4. Loans

 

Loans classified by type at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

 
     (in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 665,023     $ 656,099  

Commercial real estate secured

     793,965       732,251  

Real estate-construction

     684,737       531,868  

Residential real estate mortgages

     63,789       64,569  

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     161,058       207,164  

Consumer

     14,972       18,386  

Other loans

     1,497       1,460  
    


 


Gross loans

     2,385,041       2,211,797  

Less: Unearned discount

     (110 )     (191 )
    


 


Total loans

     2,384,931       2,211,606  

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (37,481 )     (37,484 )
    


 


Loans, net

   $ 2,347,450     $ 2,174,122  
    


 


 

Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans and interest-accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more. Loans are placed on a nonaccrual basis for recognition of interest income when sufficient doubt exists as to the full collection of principal and interest. Generally, loans are to be placed on nonaccrual when principal and interest is contractually past due 90 days, unless the loan is adequately secured and in the process of collection.

 

The following table sets forth the amounts of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the related interest on nonaccrual loans for the years then ended:

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

     (in thousands)

Recorded balance of loans contractually past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest, at end of year

   $ 2,615    $ 1,807    $ 4,728

Recorded balance of nonaccrual loans, at end of year

     10,834      12,286      18,056
    

  

  

Total nonperforming loans

   $ 13,449    $ 14,093    $ 22,784
    

  

  

Restructured loans not included in nonperforming loans

   $ —      $ 1,777    $ 130

Interest on nonaccrual loans recognized in income

     346      160      458

Interest on nonaccrual loans which would have been recognized under the original terms of the loans

     1,069      766      1,157

 

72


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Impaired loans include all nonaccrual loans as well as certain accruing loans judged to have higher risk of noncompliance with the present contractual repayment schedule for both interest and principal. Once a loan has been determined to be impaired, it is measured to establish the amount of the impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that collateral-dependent loans may be measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a valuation allowance is recognized. While impaired loans exhibit weaknesses that may inhibit repayment in compliance with the original note terms, the measurement of impairment may not always result in an allowance for loan loss for every impaired loan.

 

Information about the Company’s impaired loans at or for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 is as follows:

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

     (in thousands)

Recorded balance of impaired loans, at end of year:

                    

With related allowance for loan loss

   $ 26,605    $ 12,271    $ 12,788

With no related allowance for loan loss

     9,159      6,056      11,559
    

  

  

Total

   $ 35,764    $ 18,327    $ 24,347
    

  

  

Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans, at end of year

   $ 1,925    $ 1,067    $ 5,503

Average balance of impaired loans for the year

     27,678      20,797      23,377

Interest income recognized on impaired loans for the year

     1,918      1,004      982

 

The Company provides several types of loans to its customers including residential, construction, commercial, and consumer loans. Lending activities are conducted with customers in a wide variety of industries as well as with individuals with a wide variety of credit requirements. The Company does not have a concentration of loans in any specific industry. Credit risks tend to be geographically concentrated in that the majority of the Company’s customer base lies within the Chicago metropolitan area. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2005, 71% of our loan portfolio involves loans that are to some degree secured by real estate properties located primarily within the Chicago metropolitan area.

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 consisted of the following:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 37,484     $ 34,356     $ 34,073  

Provision for loan losses

     5,523       10,083       9,233  

Loans charged-off

     (7,088 )     (9,120 )     (9,948 )

Recoveries on loans previously charged-off

     1,562       2,165       998  
    


 


 


Net charge-offs

     (5,526 )     (6,955 )     (8,950 )
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 37,481     $ 37,484     $ 34,356  
    


 


 


 

The Company has extended loans to directors and executive officers of the Bank, the Company and their related interests. The aggregate loans outstanding to the directors and executive officers of the Bank, the Company and their related interests totaled $37.7 million and $32.8 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004,

 

73


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

respectively. During 2005 and 2004, new loans totaled $36.0 million and $20.8 million, respectively and repayments totaled $31.1 million and $13.3 million, respectively. In the opinion of management, these loans were made in the normal course of business and on substantially the same terms for comparable transactions with other borrowers and do not involve more than a normal risk of collectiblity.

 

5. Premises, Leasehold Improvements, and Equipment

 

Premises, leasehold improvements, and equipment at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

 
     (in thousands)  

Land and improvements

   $ 1,140     $ 2,414  

Buildings and improvements

     4,734       3,931  

Leasehold improvements

     5,764       4,525  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     19,053       17,256  
    


 


Total cost

     30,691       28,126  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (15,586 )     (13,339 )
    


 


Net book value

   $ 15,105     $ 14,787  
    


 


 

In January 2005, the Company sold its Broadview branch location, including the related loan and deposit accounts for a gain of $1.6 million. The net book value of the premises and equipment sold was $2.0 million. In June 2004, the Company completed the sale of its Burbank facility and agreed to lease back approximately one-half of the space for a banking center and administrative offices. Upon sale, the Company realized a gain of $245,000 that was deferred and is being amortized over the 10 year life of the lease.

 

In 2003, the Company abandoned its administrative offices on the second and third floors of its Wheeling facility and recorded a $3.5 million lease abandonment charge. The charge was comprised of a write-off of leasehold improvements, furniture and other equipment that were abandoned and a charge for the estimated liability for the lease payments that the Company would incur for the remaining term of the lease for which it would receive no future economic benefit other than through subleasing. During late 2004, the Company reached an agreement to terminate the lease that was originally scheduled to end in March 2010 for a cash payment of $3.3 million and the transfer of a small parcel of land it owned near the site. In connection with this agreement, the Company recorded an additional charge of $984,000 in 2004 to increase the lease termination liability to $3.3 million, write-off the small parcel of land, and accrue other transaction costs.

 

6. Other Real Estate and Repossessed Assets

 

Activity in the allowance for other real estate and repossessed assets for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, are as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 4     $ 7     $ 16  

Provision for other real estate

     148       71       —    

Charge-offs

     (53 )     (74 )     (9 )
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 99     $ 4     $ 7  
    


 


 


 

74


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

The Company has $23.2 million and $23.4 million of goodwill at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, created from the 1997 acquisition of the Bank. Goodwill was reduced by $117,000 during 2005 in connection with the sale of the land trust operations. In recording goodwill in 1997, the Company elected the composite useful life approach and aggregated existing intangible assets into goodwill. Intangible assets consisting of relationships with land trust customers were therefore, included in the original recognition of goodwill. In connection with the sale of the land trust operations in 2005, the amount of the goodwill relating to land trusts reduced the amount of the gain recognized. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and as of July 1, 2005, the date of the most recent test, the Company determined that no impairment charge was necessary at that time. No additions or disposals to goodwill were recorded during 2004.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had $54,000 of other intangible land trust assets, which were included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In connection with the sale of the land trust operations, the remaining unamortized balance of the intangible asset reduced the amount of the gain recognized. No additions or disposals to intangible assets were recorded during 2004. Amortization expense for these intangible assets was $3,000, $13,000, and $370,000 during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

8. Interest-Bearing Deposits

 

Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

 

     2005

   2004

     (in thousands)

NOW accounts

   $ 104,269    $ 124,015

Savings accounts

     73,173      85,371

Money market deposits

     645,523      421,529

Time deposits:

             

Certificates of deposit of less than $100,000

     206,951      193,846

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     342,842      331,327

Out-of-local-market certificates of deposit

     131,116      124,005

Brokered certificates of deposit

     505,802      415,811

Public time deposits

     69,679      69,635
    

  

Total time deposits

     1,256,390      1,134,624
    

  

Total

   $ 2,079,355    $ 1,765,539
    

  

 

Interest expense on time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more was $8.5 million, $5.5 million, and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2005, the scheduled maturities of total time deposits are as follows:

 

Year


   Amount

     (in thousands)

2006

   $ 730,247

2007

     197,663

2008

     83,293

2009

     19,779

2010

     46,004

Thereafter

     179,404
    

Total

   $ 1,256,390
    

 

75


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. Other Borrowings

 

Other borrowings at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

 
    

Amount

Borrowed


  

Weighted

Average

Rate


   

Amount

Borrowed


  

Weighted

Average

Rate


 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

                          

Overnight

   $ 150,746    2.34 %   $ 185,737    1.19 %

Term

     100,000    4.60       —      —    

Federal funds purchased

     47,567    3.75       43,685    2.06  

U.S. Treasury tax and loan note option

     113    3.89       125    1.74  
    

  

 

  

Total

   $ 298,426    3.32 %   $ 229,547    1.36 %
    

  

 

  

 

Under the terms of the securities sold under agreements to repurchase, if the market value of the pledged securities declines below the repurchase liability, the Bank may be required to provide additional collateral to the buyer. In general, the Bank maintains control of the pledged securities. The term repurchase agreement, which matures in September 2007, carries a variable interest rate tied to 3-month LIBOR with a maximum rate of 5.12%.

 

Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 is summarized as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Daily average balance during the year

   $ 203,595     $ 176,944     $ 182,017  

Daily average rate during the year

     2.34 %     0.97 %     0.97 %

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

   $ 276,827     $ 223,404     $ 219,658  

 

Under the treasury tax and loan note option, the Bank is authorized to accept U.S. Treasury deposits of excess funds along with the deposits of customer taxes. These liabilities bear interest at a rate of 0.25% below the average federal funds rate and are collateralized by a pledge of various investment securities and commercial loans. The Bank also participates in the U.S. Treasury’s Term Investment Option program whereby the Bank can obtain additional short-term funding from the U.S. Treasury at the prevailing short-term market rates.

 

At December 31, 2005, subject to available collateral, the Bank had available pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowings and repurchase agreement lines of $165 million and $750 million, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10. Income Taxes

 

The components of the income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are as follows:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (in thousands)  

Current tax expense:

                        

Federal

   $ 17,146     $ 10,598     $ 9,282  

State

     3,191       1,748       1,953  
    


 


 


Total

     20,337       12,346       11,235  
    


 


 


Deferred tax benefit:

                        

Federal

     (625 )     (1,045 )     (2,130 )

State

     (189 )     12       (537 )
    


 


 


Total

     (814 )     (1,033 )     (2,667 )
    


 


 


Applicable income taxes

   $ 19,523     $ 11,313     $ 8,568  
    


 


 


 

Income tax expense was different from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 to income before income taxes because of the following:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 
     (in thousands)  

Federal income tax expense at statutory rate

   $ 17,953     $ 12,000     $ 9,560  

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

                        

Tax-exempt interest income, net of disallowed interest deduction

     (955 )     (725 )     (846 )

State taxes, net

     1,951       1,144       920  

Addition (reversal) of allocated tax reserves

     535       (1,056 )     (1,000 )

Other, net

     39       (50 )     (66 )
    


 


 


Total

   $ 19,523     $ 11,313     $ 8,568  
    


 


 


 

The Company did not recognize any income tax benefit for financial reporting purposes with respect to the litigation settlement charge of $61.9 million incurred in 2002. However, the Company did deduct a portion of the settlement ($28.7 million) on its 2002 income tax return, because it believes that a portion of the settlement that relates to specific settled claims is more likely than not deductible as ordinary and necessary business expense. This degree of certainty is not sufficient to recognize an income tax benefit for financial reporting purposes. The Company will recognize all or a portion of the income tax benefit for financial reporting purposes if and when the Company determines that the position it took on its 2002 income tax return becomes probable of being sustained by the taxing authorities. Given the complexity of the litigation, the settlement and related tax law, the Company continues to believe that only a specific resolution of the matter with the taxing authorities or the expiration of the statute of limitations would provide sufficient evidence for management to conclude that the deductibility is probable. While the statute of limitations for the 2002 tax return expires in September 2006, the Internal Revenue Service can request an extension of the statute of limitations at any time prior to that date.

 

77


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are presented below:

 

     2005

    2004

 
     (in thousands)  

Deferred Tax Assets:

                

Fixed assets, principally due to differences in depreciation

   $ 155     $ 1,381  

Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses

     15,024       15,263  

Deferred income, principally net loan origination fees

     2,035       1,694  

Brokered CD swaps

     1,993       258  

Employee benefits

     2,651       2,518  

Other

     581       573  
    


 


Gross deferred tax assets

     22,439       21,687  
    


 


Deferred Tax Liabilities:

                

Discount accretion

     (41 )     (26 )

Other

     (105 )     (182 )
    


 


Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (146 )     (208 )
    


 


Subtotal

     22,293       21,479  
    


 


Tax effect of other comprehensive income

     4,965       252  
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

   $ 27,258     $ 21,731  
    


 


 

Based upon historical taxable income as well as projections of future taxable income, management believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. Therefore, no valuation reserve has been recorded at December 31, 2005 or 2004.

 

11. Notes Payable and FHLB Advances

 

Notes payable and FHLB advances at December 31, 2005 and 2004 consisted of the following:

 

     2005

   2004

     (in thousands)

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.:

             

Subordinated Debt – repaid on September 7, 2005; interest rate at December 31, 2004 was 5.13%

   $ —      $ 10,000

Term Loan – repaid on September 7, 2005; interest rate at December 31, 2004 was 3.53%

     —        500

Revolving Credit Facility – $20 million maximum available; interest, at the Company’s election, at the prime rate less 1.00% or LIBOR plus 1.15%, with a minimum interest rate of 3.50%; matures November 27, 2006

     —        —  
    

  

Total notes payable

     —        10,500

Cole Taylor Bank:

             

FHLB advance – 4.30%, due January 10, 2011, callable after January 8, 2002

     25,000      25,000

FHLB advance – 4.55%, due January 10, 2011, callable after January 8, 2003

     25,000      25,000

FHLB advance – 4.83%, due February 1, 2011, callable after January 8, 2004

     25,000      25,000
    

  

Total FHLB advances

     75,000      75,000
    

  

Total notes payable and FHLB advances

   $ 75,000    $ 85,500
    

  

 

78


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Notes payable: At December 31, 2005, the Company has a $20.0 million revolving credit facility that has not been drawn upon. The facility matures on November 27, 2006. The facility is secured by the Company’s pledge of its capital stock of the Bank and includes certain restrictions in the event of default. The underlying loan agreement requires that the Bank remain well capitalized and the holding company remain adequately capitalized as defined by regulatory guidelines. As of December 31, 2005, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company’s notes payable consisted of $10.0 million of subordinated debt and a $500,000 term loan, both due on November 27, 2011, and an $11.5 million revolving credit facility which matured on November 27, 2005. The subordinated debt and term loan were repaid in their entirety on September 7, 2005.

 

FHLB advances: At December 31, 2005, the FHLB advances were collateralized by $65.8 million of investment securities and a blanket lien on $118.0 million of qualified first-mortgage residential and home equity loans. At December 31, 2004, the FHLB advances were collateralized by $43.2 million of investment securities and a blanket lien on $79.1 million of qualified first-mortgage residential and home equity loans. Based on the value of collateral pledged at December 31, 2005, the Bank had additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB of $79.3 million. The weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were 4.56%.

 

Following are the scheduled maturities of notes payable and FHLB advances, categorized by the earlier of call or contractual maturity, at December 31, 2005:

 

Year


   Amount

     (in thousands)

2006

   $ 75,000

2007

     —  

2008

     —  

2009

     —  

2010

     —  

2011 and thereafter

     —  
    

Total

   $ 75,000
    

 

12. Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

The following table summarizes the amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to TAYC Capital Trust I and TAYC Capital Trust II as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

Trust Name


  

Issuance

Date


  

Amount of

Junior

Subordinated

Debentures


  

Amount of

Trust

Preferred

Securities

Issued by

Trust


  

Annual

Rate


 

Maturity

Date


TAYC Capital Trust I

   Oct. 2002    $ 46,400    $ 45,000    9.75%   Oct. 21, 2032

TAYC Capital Trust II

   June 2004      41,238      40,000    3-mo LIBOR + 2.68%   June 17, 2034
         

  

        
          $ 87,638    $ 85,000         
         

  

        

 

In June 2004, the Company formed TAYC Capital Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary and a Delaware statutory trust. On June 17, 2004, TAYC Capital Trust II issued $40.0 million of floating rate trust preferred

 

79


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

securities and invested the proceeds, along with $1.2 million received from the purchase of its common equity securities, in $41.2 million of floating rate junior subordinated debentures of the Company. The sole assets of the TAYC Capital Trust II are the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The interest rate on both the trust preferred securities and the junior subordinated debentures equals the three-month LIBOR plus 2.68% and re-prices quarterly on the 17th of September, December, March and June. The interest rate on both the trust preferred securities and the junior subordinated debentures was 7.18% and 5.18% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The rates are payable and adjust quarterly. The Company may redeem all or part of the debentures at any time on or after June 17, 2009, subject to approval by the Federal Reserve Bank, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate liquidation amount of the debentures plus any accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to the date of redemption. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption when the junior subordinated debentures are paid at maturity in 2034 or upon any earlier redemption of the debentures. The trust preferred securities may also be redeemed at any time in the event of unfavorable changes in certain laws or regulations, provided that any redemption prior to June 17, 2009 would require the payment of a prepayment penalty.

 

In October 2002, the Company formed TAYC Capital Trust I, a wholly owned subsidiary and a Delaware statutory trust to issue $45.0 million of trust preferred securities. Proceeds from the sale of these trust preferred securities, along with $1.4 million received from the purchase of its common equity securities, were invested by TAYC Capital Trust I in $46.4 million of 9.75% junior subordinated debentures of the Company. The sole assets of the TAYC Capital Trust I are the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. Interest on both the trust preferred securities and junior subordinated debentures are payable quarterly at a rate of 9.75% per year. The Company may redeem all or part of these debentures at any time on or after October 21, 2007, subject to approval by the Federal Reserve Bank, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate liquidation amount of the debentures plus any accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to the date of redemption. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption when the junior subordinated debentures are paid at maturity in 2032 or upon any earlier redemption of the debentures. The trust preferred securities may also be redeemed at any time in the event of unfavorable changes in certain laws or regulations.

 

The Company may defer the payment of interest on each of the junior subordinated debentures at any time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters, provided that the deferral period does not extend past the stated maturity. During any such deferral period, distributions on the corresponding trust preferred securities will also be deferred and the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common shares will be restricted. Issuance costs from each issuance of the trust preferred securities, consisting primarily of underwriting discounts and professional fees, were capitalized and are being amortized over thirty years, or through the maturity dates, to interest expense using the straight-line method. At December 31, 2005, unamortized issuance costs related to TAYC Capital Trust I and TAYC Capital Trust II were $2.8 million and $447,000, respectively.

 

The Company’s obligations with respect to each of the trust preferred securities and the related debentures, in the aggregate, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the obligations of each of the Trusts under the respective trust preferred securities.

 

The Company does not consolidate TAYC Capital Trust I and TAYC Capital Trust II. The equity investments in the Trusts of $2.6 million are reported in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

13. Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company’s employees participate in employee benefit plans consisting of a 401(k) Plan and a Profit Sharing/Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), collectively called the “Plans”. Contributions to the Plans

 

80


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors, with the exception of certain 401(k) matching of employee contributions. The 401(k) plan allows participants a choice of several equity and fixed income mutual funds. Company common stock is not an investment option for 401(k) participants. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, contributions paid to the Plans were $1.9 million, $2.3 million, and $2.6 million, respectively. The ESOP owned 309,518 shares and 331,487 shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These shares are held in trust for the participants by the ESOP’s trustee. As of December 31, 2005, all shares of Company common stock owned by the ESOP were allocated to plan participants.

 

The Company also maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain key employees that allow participants to defer a portion of base and incentive compensation. The Company also may make contributions and discretionary matching contributions to the plan. The deferrals and Company contributions are held in a rabbi trust for the participants. While the Company maintains ownership of the assets, the participants are able to direct the investment of the assets into several equity and fixed income mutual funds. Company common stock is not an investment option for the participants. The Company records the assets at their fair value in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability to participants is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Total assets and the corresponding liability in the nonqualified deferred compensation plan totaled $4.4 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

14. Incentive Compensation Plan

 

The Company has an Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) that allows for the granting of stock options and stock awards. Under the Plan, directors, officers and employees selected by the Board of Directors will be eligible to receive awards, including incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, and performance awards. The Company has only issued nonqualified stock options and restricted stock awards under the Plan. During the term of the Plan, on the first day of each calendar year the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan will be increased by a number of shares equal to the excess of 3.0% of the aggregate number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, over the number of shares remaining available for awards at that time. As of December 31, 2005, 1,646,581 shares of common stock were authorized for use in the Plan and 181,844 shares were available for future grants. In accordance with the provision in the Plan that increases the number of common shares reserved on the first day of each calendar year, as of January 1, 2006, 329,215 shares of Company common stock were available for future grants.

 

Stock Options:

 

Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in October 2002, the fair market value of the common stock was determined by an independent appraisal. After the initial public offering, the fair market value of the stock is determined based upon quoted market prices. The stock options vest over a five year period (vesting at 20% per year) and expire 10 years following the grant date. Upon death, disability, retirement or change of control of the Company (as defined) vesting may be accelerated to 100%. The Company has elected to account for the stock options using the intrinsic value method and accordingly no compensation expense is recognized in connection with the granting of the stock options.

 

81


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of stock option activity for 2005, 2004, and 2003:

 

    

Number of

Shares


   

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price


Options outstanding at December 31, 2002

   720,979     $ 18.97

Granted

   250,350       20.29

Exercised

   (56,283 )     16.34

Forfeited

   (64,597 )     20.15
    

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2003

   850,449       19.44

Granted

   228,350       26.14

Exercised

   (146,222 )     17.45

Forfeited

   (104,970 )     21.98
    

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2004

   827,607       21.32

Granted

   175,885       31.36

Exercised

   (133,919 )     19.68

Forfeited

   (104,485 )     25.86
    

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

   765,088     $ 23.30
    

 

 

As of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 there were 343,346 shares, 325,593 shares, and 339,928 shares that were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $20.31, $19.27, and $18.28, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the range of exercise prices for outstanding options was between $14.67 and $34.32. The following table presents certain information with respect to stock options outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2005:

 

     Options Outstanding

   Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Price


  

Options

Outstanding


  

Weighted Average

Exercise Price


  

Weighted Average

Remaining Life (Yrs)


  

Options

Exercisable


  

Weighted Average

Exercise Price


$14.67 to $18.00

   74,418    $ 17.25    3.18    70,920    $ 17.21

$19.33 to $21.01

   309,460      19.70    6.33    180,256      19.61

$22.67 to $27.37

   240,360      25.09    7.33    91,390      24.00

$29.35 to $34.32

   140,850      31.34    9.17    780      30.62
    
  

  
  
  

     765,088    $ 23.30    6.86    343,346    $ 20.31
    
  

  
  
  

 

Restricted Stock Awards:

 

During 2005, 2004, and 2003, 62,297 shares, 24,231 shares, and 26,574 shares of common stock were awarded, and 25,936 shares, 3,628 shares, and 6,793 shares of common stock were forfeited, respectively, under restricted stock agreements. The awards granted during 2005, 2004, and 2003 were at a weighted average price of $33.16, $31.99, and $22.43 per share, respectively. The Company accounts for awards that vest upon completion of future service requirement as a fixed plan and records compensation expense, equal to the fair market value of the award at the date of grant, over the vesting period. Vesting of the shares requires a continuous service period by each participant. The vesting rate is 50% at the end of year three, 75% at the end of year four and 100% at the end of year five or upon death, disability, retirement or change of control (as defined) of the Company. If a participant terminates employment prior to the end of the continuous service period, the unearned portion of the stock award is forfeited. The Company may also issue awards that vest upon satisfaction of specified performance criteria. For these types of awards, the Company uses the variable method of accounting with the final measure of compensation cost based upon the number of shares that ultimately vest and the market price on the date the performance criteria are met. At each interim date, compensation cost is

 

82


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

measured based upon an estimate of the number of shares that will vest considering the performance criteria and the market price of the stock at the interim date. The unearned compensation related to both types of restricted stock grants is reported in stockholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, compensation expense, net of forfeitures, related to the stock awards totaled $538,000, $462,000, and $417,000, respectively. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had 113,908 shares and 104,046 shares, respectively, of unvested restricted stock awards outstanding.

 

15. Stockholders’ Equity

 

In September 2005, the Company reduced the authorized capital stock of the Company to 23 million shares, of which 18 million shares are common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5 million are preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share. Prior to September 2005, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 30 million shares, of which 25 million shares were common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5 million were preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Common stock:

 

The holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefrom at such times and in such amounts as the Company’s Board of Directors may determine. The shares of common stock are neither redeemable nor convertible, and the holders thereof have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any securities of the Company. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata, the assets of the Company which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

 

Preferred stock:

 

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in classes or series and to establish the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any class or series with respect to the rate and nature of dividends, the price and terms and conditions on which shares may be redeemed, the terms and conditions for conversion or exchange into any other class or series of the stock, voting rights and other terms.

 

Pursuant to this authority, the Board of Directors had designated 1,530,000 shares as 9.0% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, $25.00 stated value per share. These shares of preferred stock became redeemable at the Company’s option on and after January 15, 2002, and on July 16, 2004, the Company used proceeds from the issuance of $41.2 million of junior subordinated debentures to TAYC Capital Trust II to redeem all the outstanding shares of the Series A preferred stock. The redemption price was the stated liquidation value of $25.00 per share, which totaled $38.25 million, plus $153,000 of accrued and unpaid dividends since the last dividend distribution date. Upon redemption, the shares of preferred stock were canceled and are no longer considered outstanding.

 

16. Regulatory Disclosures:

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators, which, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the

 

83


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

entity’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s and Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Based on these quantitative measures, as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company and the Bank were categorized as “well-capitalized”.

 

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well-capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized “well-capitalized” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. At December 31, 2005, there were no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 are presented in the following table:

 

     Actual

    For Capital Adequacy
Purposes


   

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt

Corrective Action
Provisions


 
     Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2005:

                                   

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

                                   

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. – Consolidated

   $ 324,050    12.02 %   >$215,693    >8.00 %   >$269,617    >10.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

     300,510    11.16     >215,325    >8.00     >269,156    >10.00  

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

                                   

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. – Consolidated

   $ 281,480    10.44 %   >$107,847    >4.00 %   >$161,770    >6.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

     266,818    9.91     >107,662    >4.00     >161,494    >6.00  

Leverage (to Average Assets):

                                   

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. – Consolidated

   $ 281,480    8.90 %   >$126,475    >4.00 %   >$158,094    >5.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

     266,818    8.46     >126,182    >4.00     >157,727    >5.00  

As of December 31, 2004:

                                   

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

                                   

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. – Consolidated

   $ 255,616    10.27 %   >$199,125    >8.00 %   >$248,906    >10.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

     262,350    10.55     >198,954    >8.00     >248,692    >10.00  

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

                                   

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. – Consolidated

   $ 181,437    7.29 %   >$99,563    >4.00 %   >$149,344    >6.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

     231,185    9.30     >99,477    >4.00     >149,215    >6.00  

Leverage (to Average Assets):

                                   

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. – Consolidated

   $ 181,437    6.49 %   >$111,757    >4.00 %   >$139,696    >5.00 %

Cole Taylor Bank

     231,185    8.29     >111,611    >4.00     >139,514    >5.00  

 

84


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Bank is also subject to dividend restrictions set forth by regulatory authorities. Under such restrictions, the Bank may not, without prior approval of regulatory authorities, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings (as defined) plus the retained earnings (as defined) from the prior two years. The dividends, as of December 31, 2005, that the Bank could declare and pay to the Company, without the approval of regulatory authorities, amounted to approximately $78.4 million. However, payment of such dividends is also subject to the Bank remaining in compliance with all applicable capital ratios.

 

17. Commitments and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risks

 

Commitments:

 

The Company is obligated in accordance with the terms of various long-term noncancelable operating leases for certain premises (land and building) and office space and equipment, including the Company’s principal offices. The terms of the leases generally require periodic adjustment of the minimum lease payments based on an increase in the consumer price index. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay the real estate taxes assessed on the properties and certain maintenance costs. Certain of the leases contain renewal options for periods of up to five years. Total rental expense for the Company in connection with these leases for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 was approximately $4.5 million, $4.6 million, and $3.4 million, respectively.

 

Estimated future minimum rental commitments under all operating leases as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

Year


   Amount

     (in thousands)

2006

   $ 3,191

2007

     3,148

2008

     2,846

2009

     2,791

2010

     2,747

Thereafter

     13,478
    

Total

   $ 28,201
    

 

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risks:

 

At times, the Company is party to various financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. The Company uses these financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and financial guarantees, such as financial and performance standby letters of credit. When viewed in terms of the maximum exposure, those instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Credit risk is the possibility that a counterparty to a financial instrument will be unable to perform its contractual obligations. Interest rate risk is the possibility that, due to changes in economic conditions, the Company’s net interest income will be adversely affected.

 

The Company mitigates its exposure to credit risk through its internal controls over the extension of credit. These controls include the process of credit approval and review, the establishment of credit limits, and, when deemed necessary, securing collateral. Collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions; U.S. Treasury securities; other marketable securities; income-producing commercial or multi-family rental properties, vacant land or land under development; accounts receivable; inventories; and property, plant and equipment. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk generally by setting variable rates of

 

85


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

interest on extensions of credit and administered rates on interest bearing non-maturity deposits and, on a limited basis, by using derivative financial instruments to offset existing interest rate risk of its assets and liabilities.

 

The following is a summary of the contractual or notional amount of each significant class of financial instrument with off-balance sheet credit risk outstanding. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and financial guarantees is represented by the contractual notional amount of these instruments.

 

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the contractual amounts were as follows:

 

     2005

   2004

     (in thousands)

Financial instruments wherein contract amounts represent credit risk:

             

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 925,458    $ 870,414

Financial guarantees:

             

Financial standby letters of credit

     55,130      63,340

Performance standby letters of credit

     55,487      51,493

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Many customers do not utilize the total approved commitments amounts. Historically, only approximately 60% of available commitment amounts are drawn. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not usually represent future cash requirements.

 

The Company issues financial guarantees in the form of financial and performance standby letters of credit to meet the needs of customers. Financial standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the payment of a specified financial obligation of a customer to a third party. Performance standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to make a payment to a specified third party in the event a customer fails to perform under a nonfinancial contractual obligation. The terms of these financial guarantees primarily range from less than one year to three years. A contingent liability is recognized if it is probable that a liability has been incurred by the Company under a standby letter of credit. The credit risk involved in issuing these letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Management expects most of the Company’s letters of credit to expire undrawn. Management expects no significant loss from its obligation under these financial guarantees.

 

18. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to assist in its interest rate risk management process. The Company’s derivative financial instruments include interest rate exchange contracts (“swaps”) and interest rate floors.

 

An interest rate swap is an agreement in which two parties agree to exchange, at specified intervals, interest payment streams calculated on an agreed-upon notional principal amount with at least one stream based on a specified floating-rate index. Under an interest rate floor agreements, in the event a specified floating-rate index decreases below a pre-determined interest rate floor level, the Company will receive an amount, from the counterparty, equal to the difference between the floor level and the current floating-rate index computed based upon the notional amount. For both types of agreements, the notional amount does not represent the direct credit exposure. The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparty on the interest rate exchange or floor payment, but does not anticipate that any counterparty will fail to meet its payment obligation.

 

86


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had $320.0 million and $130.0 million, respectively, notional amount of swaps (“CD swaps”) to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in certain of its brokered certificates of deposits (“brokered CDs”). The CD swaps are used to convert the fixed rate paid on the brokered CDs to a variable rate based upon 3-month LIBOR. Prior to November 18, 2005, these transactions did not qualify for fair value hedge accounting under SFAS 133. On November 18, 2005, the Company designated a portion of these CD swaps as fair value hedges. As fair value hedges, the net cash settlements from the designated swaps are reported as part of net interest income. In addition, the Company will recognize in current earnings the change in fair value of both the interest rate swap and related hedged brokered CDs, with the ineffective portion of the hedge relationship reported in noninterest income. The fair value of the CD swaps is reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities and the change in fair value of the related hedged brokered CD is reported as an adjustment to the carrying value of the brokered CDs. As of December 31, 2005, the amount of CD swaps designated as fair value hedges totaled $258.5 million.

 

Prior to November 18, 2005 and for the portion of CD swaps that are not designated as fair value hedges, the Company reported the net cash settlements and the change in the fair value of these CD swaps as separate components of noninterest income. The fair value of the CD swaps is reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities.

 

The following table sets forth the activity in the notional amounts and fair value of the CD swaps during 2005 and 2004:

 

     CD Swaps

    Weighted Averages

     Notional
Amount


    Fair
Value


    Receive
Rate


    Pay
Rate


    Life in
Years


     (in thousands)                  

Balance at Dec. 31, 2003

   $ 50,000     $ 48     3.10 %   1.13 %   4.9

Additions

     130,000                          

Terminations\calls

     (50,000 )                        
    


                       

Balance at Dec. 31, 2004

     130,000     $ (2,001 )   3.15 %   2.21 %   5.7

Additions

     190,000                          

Terminations\calls

     —                            
    


                       

Balance at Dec. 31, 2005

   $ 320,000     $ (7,140 )   4.09 %   4.30 %   4.8
    


                       

 

The Company also has a three-year interest rate swap, with a notional amount of $50.0 million, to hedge the variability in cash flows on certain prime-based commercial loans. Under the terms of the interest rate swap, the Company receives a fixed interest rate of 6.04% and pays a floating rate based upon the prime-lending rate until the agreement’s maturity in September 2007. This contract is accounted for as a cash flow hedge and is expected to be highly effective, over the life of the swap, in hedging the variability of cash flows on prime-based loans due to movements in the prime-lending rate. Net cash settlements for this interest rate swap were reported in loan interest income as a $24,000 reduction in 2005 and a $275,000 increase in 2004. The fair value of the interest rate swap was an unrealized loss of $1.3 million and $520,000 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and was recorded as a liability with the corresponding unrealized loss recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity, net of tax.

 

During 2003, the Company terminated, with the original counterparties, interest rate exchange contracts with a total notional amount of $200 million that were used to hedge the variability of cash flows of $200 million of prime rate-based commercial loans. The Company had accounted for these transactions as cash flow hedges, and the resulting gain on termination, which totaled $1.4 million, was deferred and recorded in accumulated

 

87


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. The amount of the deferred gain included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2005 and 2004, was $498,000 and $670,000, respectively, net of tax. This deferred gain will be reclassified as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining term of the original interest rate exchange contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, $172,000 of this deferred gain was reclassified into interest income during each year. In addition, $172,000 of this deferred gain is expected to be reclassified into interest income during 2006.

 

During 2005, the Company entered into two five-year interest rate floors, each with a $100.0 million notional amount. The agreements are based upon the prime lending rate and have interest rate floors of 5.50% and 6.25%. The Company uses these interest rate floors as cash flow hedges of certain commercial loans that are tied to the prime lending rate, to protect interest income in the event that the prime lending rate declines below the floor level. The fair value of the floors, which was $718,000 at December 31, 2005, is recorded as an asset with the corresponding unrealized gain recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity, net of tax. The premium on the floors is amortized to loan interest income in proportion to the expected value of the floor, calculated at inception, in each of the future periods. The Company did not receive any payment in 2005 from these floors.

 

19. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments. A significant portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments as defined in SFAS No. 107. Many of the Company’s financial instruments, however, lack an available, or readily determinable, trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction. The Company used significant estimations and present value calculations for the purposes of estimating fair values. Accordingly, fair values are based on various factors relative to current economic conditions, risk characteristics, and other factors. The assumptions and estimates used in the fair value determination process are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and significant judgment and, therefore, fair values cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimated values.

 

The methods and assumptions used to determine fair values for each significant class of financial instruments are presented below:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

The carrying amount of cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks or other financial institutions, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreement to resell with original maturities less than 90 days approximate fair value since their maturities are short-term.

 

Investment Securities:

 

Fair values for investment securities are determined from quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar instruments.

 

Loans:

 

Fair values of loans have been estimated by the present value of future cash flows, using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with the same remaining maturities.

 

88


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Investment in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank stock:

 

The fair value of these investment in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank Stock equals its book value as these stocks can only be sold back to the FHLB, Federal Reserve Bank, or other member banks at their par value per share.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable:

 

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates fair value since its maturity is short-term.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments:

 

The carrying amount and fair value of existing derivative financial instruments are based upon independent valuation models. On the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, instruments that have a positive fair value are included in other assets and those instruments that have a negative fair value are included in accrued interest, taxes, and other liabilities.

 

Other Assets:

 

Financial instruments in other assets consist of assets in the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The carrying value of these assets approximates their fair value and are based upon quoted market prices.

 

Deposit Liabilities:

 

Deposit liabilities with stated maturities have been valued at the present value of future cash flows using rates which approximate current market rates for similar instruments; unless this calculation results in a present value which is less than the book value of the reflected deposit, in which case the book value would be utilized as an estimate of fair value. Fair values of deposits without stated maturities equal the respective amounts due on demand.

 

Other Borrowings:

 

The carrying amount of overnight securities sold under agreements to repurchase, federal funds purchased, and the U.S. Treasury tax and loan note option, approximates fair value, as the maturities of these borrowings are short-term. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with original maturities over one year have been valued at the present values of future cash flows using rates which approximate current market rates for instruments of like maturities.

 

Notes Payable and FHLB Advances:

 

Notes payable and FHLB advances have been valued at the present values of future cash flows using rates which approximate current market rates for instruments of like maturities.

 

Accrued Interest Payable:

 

The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates fair value since its maturity is short-term.

 

Junior subordinated debentures:

 

The fair value of the fixed rate junior subordinated debentures issued to TAYC Capital Trust I is computed based upon the publicly quoted market prices of the underlying trust preferred securities issued by the Trust. The

 

89


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

fair value of the floating rate junior subordinated debentures issued to TAYC Capital Trust II is assumed to approximate its carrying value as the underlying interest rate adjusts quarterly based upon short-term market interest rates.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:

 

The fair value of commercial loan commitments to extend credit are not material as they are predominantly floating rate, subject to material adverse change clauses, cancelable and not readily marketable. The carrying value and the fair value of standby letters of credit represents the unamortized portion of the fee paid by the customer.

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2005

   December 31, 2004

     Carrying
Value


   Fair Value

   Carrying
Value


   Fair Value

     (in thousands)

Financial Assets:

                           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 161,065    $ 161,065    $ 79,250    $ 79,250

Investments

     656,753      656,753      533,619      533,619

Loans, net of allowance

     2,347,450      2,341,199      2,174,122      2,192,399

Investment in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank stock

     12,946      12,946      12,516      12,516

Accrued interest receivable

     19,118      19,118      12,880      12,880

Derivative financial instruments

     718      718      —        —  

Other assets

     4,379      4,379      3,513      3,513
    

  

  

  

Total financial assets

   $ 3,202,429    $ 3,196,178    $ 2,815,900    $ 2,834,177
    

  

  

  

Financial Liabilities:

                           

Deposits without stated maturities

   $ 1,287,254    $ 1,287,254    $ 1,150,073    $ 1,150,073

Deposits with stated maturities

     1,256,390      1,256,390      1,134,624      1,135,514

Other borrowings

     298,426      299,180      229,547      229,547

Notes payable and FHLB advances

     75,000      73,867      85,500      85,997

Accrued interest payable

     9,794      9,794      5,488      5,488

Derivative financial instruments

     8,483      8,483      2,521      2,521

Junior subordinated debentures

     87,638      92,000      87,638      91,628
    

  

  

  

Total financial liabilities

   $ 3,022,985    $ 3,026,968    $ 2,695,391    $ 2,700,768
    

  

  

  

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments:

                           

Commitments to extend credit

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

Standby letters of credit

     311      311      514      514
    

  

  

  

Total off-balance-sheet financial instruments

   $ 311    $ 311    $ 514    $ 514
    

  

  

  

 

The remaining balance sheet assets and liabilities of the Company are not considered financial instruments and have not been valued differently than is required under historical cost accounting. Since assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments are excluded above, the difference between total financial assets and financial liabilities does not, nor is it intended to, represent the market value of the Company. Furthermore, the estimated fair value information may not be comparable between financial institutions due to the wide range of valuation techniques permitted, and assumptions necessitated, in the absence of an available trading market.

 

90


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

20. Litigation:

 

The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the normal course of business. Management knows of no threatened or pending legal actions against the Company that are likely to have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results.

 

21. Parent Company Only

 

Summarized unconsolidated financial information of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. is as follows:

 

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

ASSETS              

Noninterest-bearing deposits with subsidiary Bank

   $ 34,521    $ 6,881

Investment in bank subsidiary

     280,861      254,126

Investment in non-bank subsidiaries

     2,646      2,646

Other assets

     4,547      5,321
    

  

Total assets

   $ 322,575    $ 268,974
    

  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY              

Accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities

   $ 15,619    $ 15,263

Notes payable

     —        10,500

Junior subordinated debentures

     87,638      87,638

Stockholders’ equity

     219,318      155,573
    

  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 322,575    $ 268,974
    

  

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
           2005      

          2004      

          2003      

 

Income:

                        

Dividends from subsidiary Bank

   $ 6,000     $ 8,000     $ —    

Dividends from non-bank subsidiary

     211       164       136  
    


 


 


Total income

     6,211       8,164       136  
    


 


 


Expenses:

                        

Interest

     7,577       5,507       5,618  

Salaries and employee benefits

     2,374       1,655       1,532  

Legal fees, net

     717       624       (1,019 )

Other

     2,459       2,931       3,632  
    


 


 


Total expenses

     13,127       10,717       9,763  
    


 


 


Loss before income taxes, equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     (6,916 )     (2,553 )     (9,627 )

Income tax benefit

     4,598       5,209       4,332  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     34,089       20,317       24,042  
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 31,771     $ 22,973     $ 18,747  
    


 


 


 

91


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 31,771     $ 22,973     $ 18,747  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:

                        

Amortization of unearned compensation

     184       21       1  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     (34,089 )     (20,317 )     (24,042 )

Other, net

     38       81       —    

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                        

Other assets

     783       554       839  

Other liabilities

     278       (715 )     6,879  
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (1,035 )     2,597       2,424  
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Investment in TAYC Capital Trust II

     —         (1,239 )     —    

Other, net

     (10 )     17       (34 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (10 )     (1,222 )     (34 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Repayments of notes payable

     (10,500 )     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures

     —         41,238       —    

Dividends paid

     (2,402 )     (4,159 )     (5,709 )

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net

     38,950       —         —    

Redemption of Series A preferred stock

     —         (38,250 )     —    

Proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options

     2,637       2,552       1,269  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     28,685       1,381       (4,440 )
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     27,640       2,756       (2,050 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     6,881       4,125       6,175  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 34,521     $ 6,881     $ 4,125  
    


 


 


 

92


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

22. Other Comprehensive Income

 

The following table presents other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003:

 

    

Before Tax

Amount


   

Tax

Effect


   

Net of

Tax


 
     (in thousands)  

Year ended December 31, 2003:

                        

Change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

   $ (12,290 )   $ 4,301     $ (7,989 )

Deferred gain from termination of cash flow hedging instruments

     1,295       (453 )     842  
    


 


 


Other comprehensive loss

   $ (10,995 )   $ 3,848     $ (7,147 )
    


 


 


Year ended December 31, 2004:

                        

Unrealized losses from securities:

                        

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

   $ (6,744 )   $ 2,360     $ (4,384 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

     (144 )     51       (93 )
    


 


 


Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment

     (6,888 )     2,411       (4,477 )

Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments

     (520 )     182       (338 )

Change in deferred gain from termination of cash flow hedging instruments

     (265 )     93       (172 )
    


 


 


Other comprehensive loss

   $ (7,673 )   $ 2,686     $ (4,987 )
    


 


 


Year ended December 31, 2005:

                        

Unrealized losses from securities:

                        

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

   $ (11,259 )   $ 3,941     $ (7,318 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

     (127 )     44       (83 )
    


 


 


Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment

     (11,386 )     3,985       (7,401 )

Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments

     (1,815 )     635       (1,180 )

Change in deferred gain from termination of cash flow hedging instruments

     (265 )     93       (172 )
    


 


 


Other comprehensive loss

   $ (13,466 )   $ 4,713     $ (8,753 )
    


 


 


 

23. Earnings Per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share. All stock options outstanding were included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2005. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, stock options outstanding to purchase 210,150 and 127,380 common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been antidilutive.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

   2004

    2003

 
    

(dollars in thousands, except share

and per share amounts)

 

Net income

   $ 31,771    $ 22,973     $ 18,747  

Preferred dividend requirements

     —        (1,875 )     (3,443 )
    

  


 


Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 31,771    $ 21,098     $ 15,304  
    

  


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding

     10,045,358      9,539,242       9,449,336  

Dilutive effect of stock options

     241,289      105,273       79,449  
    

  


 


Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     10,286,647      9,644,515       9,528,785  
    

  


 


Basic earnings per common share

   $ 3.16    $ 2.21     $ 1.62  

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 3.09    $ 2.19     $ 1.61  

 

93


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2005.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.

 

Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. KPMG’s attestation report, which expresses unqualified opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, follows.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter-ended December 31, 2005 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting except as described below.

 

Management previously disclosed a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 14, 2005 for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, relating to our accounting for derivative financial instruments under SFAS 133. Specifically, we lacked sufficient technical expertise as to the application of SFAS 133, and our procedures relating to hedging transactions were not designed effectively such that each of the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment set forth in SFAS 133 were evaluated appropriately with respect to the CD Swaps entered into to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in certain of our brokered CDs.

 

To remediate this material weakness, management engaged external consultants with expertise in hedge accounting requirements to assist us in complying with the requirements of SFAS 133, including the documentation and effectiveness testing requirements, relating to our current and future interest rate hedge transactions. In conjunction with the technical expertise provided by these external consultants, we redesigned our procedures such that each of the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment set forth in SFAS 133 including, but not limited to, the documentation and effectiveness testing requirements, are evaluated appropriately with respect to the CD Swaps entered into to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in certain of our brokered CDs.

 

 

94


Table of Contents

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.:

 

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting that Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Taylor Capital) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Taylor Capital management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of Taylor Capital’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Taylor Capital maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, Taylor Capital maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

95


Table of Contents

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, and our report dated March 13, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

 

Chicago, Illinois

March 13, 2006

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

96


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Information with respect to directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 15, 2006 under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and “Code of Ethics” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Information with respect to compensation for our directors and officers included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 15, 2006 under the captions “Directors’ Fees” and “Compensation” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, including securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 15, 2006 under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 15, 2006 under the caption “Certain Transactions with Management and Others” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

Information with respect to principal accounting fees and services included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 15, 2006 under the caption “Audit Matters” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

97


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a)(1) Financial Statements

 

     See Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

  (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

 

     Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be shown in the schedules is not applicable or is included elsewhere in our financial statements or accompanying notes.

 

  (a)(3) Exhibits:

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibits


  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 20, 2005).
  3.2    Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
  3.3    Certificate of Elimination of 9% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed July 25, 2005 (Registration No. 333-126864)).
  4.1    Form of certificate representing Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  4.2    Indenture between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  4.3    Form of Junior Subordinated Debenture due 2032 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  4.4    Certificate of Trust of TAYC Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  4.5    Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.8 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  4.6    Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.9 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  4.7    Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and TAYC Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.10 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  4.8    Certificate representing TAYC Capital Trust I Trust Preferred Security (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.11 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).

 

98


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibits


  4.9    Certificate of Trust of TAYC Capital Trust II (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.12 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
  4.10    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware and Institutional Trustee, Taylor Capital Group, Inc., as Sponsor, Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor and Robin Van Castle, as Administrators (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.13 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
  4.11    Indenture between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.14 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
  4.12    Guarantee Agreement by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.15 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
  4.13    Certificate representing Floating Rate Capital Securities of TAYC Capital Trust II (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.16 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
  4.14    Certificate representing Floating Rate Common Securities of TAYC Capital Trust II (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.17 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
  4.15    Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due 2034 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.18 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
  4.16    Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed August 5, 2005 (Registration No. 333-126864)).
  9.1      Voting Trust Agreement, dated November 30, 1998, by and between the Depositors and Trustees as set forth therein. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 9.1 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  9.2      Amendment Number One of Voting Trust Agreement, dated December 1, 1999, by and between the Depositors and Trustees as set forth therein. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 9.2 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
  9.3      Amendment Number Two of Voting Trust Agreement, dated June 1, 2002, by and between the Depositors and Trustees as set forth therein. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 9.3 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
10.1      Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective April 1, 2001. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.2      Trust Under Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 1, 2001. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.3      Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.20 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158))*.
10.4      First Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.21 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*

 

99


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibits


10.5      Second Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.22 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.6      Third Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.7      Amendment and Restatement of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust, effective October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.8      Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.9      Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.10    Form of Executive Level Change in Control Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.42 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.11    Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 2002 Incentive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.52 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.12    Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 2002 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.53 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).*
10.13    Share Restriction Agreement, dated November 30, 1998, by and among the Principal Stockholders (as defined therein) and Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.54 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
10.14    Amendment Number One of Share Restriction Agreement, dated November 30, 1998, by and among the Principal Stockholders (as defined therein) and Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.55 of the Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 10, 2002 (Registration No. 333-89158)).
10.15    Fourth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.61 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).*
10.16    Fifth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.62 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).*
10.17    Amendment No. 1 of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.63 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).*
10.18    Amendment No. 2 of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.64 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).*

 

100


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibits


10.19    Amendment No. 3 of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.65 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).*
10.20    Pointe O’Hare Office Lease, between Orix O’Hare II Inc. and Cole Taylor Bank, dated March 5, 2003 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.66 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).
10.21    Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated November 27, 2002, between LaSalle Bank National Association and Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of November 26, 2002).
10.22    Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Incentive Bonus Plan – Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.68 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2003).*
10.23    Form of Amended and Restated Executive Level Change in Control Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.69 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2003).*
10.24    Amendment No. 4 to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.70 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2003).*
10.25    Sixth Amendment of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective as of October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.71 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2003).*
10.26    Seventh Amendment of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.73 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2003).*
10.27    First Amendment to Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement Between LaSalle Bank National Association and Taylor Capital Group, Inc., dated as of November 27, 2003 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.74 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2003).
10.28    Eighth Amendment of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.75 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2004).*
10.29    Ninth Amendment of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.76 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2004).*
10.30    Second Amendment to Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement between LaSalle Bank National Association and Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.78 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2004).
10.31    Employment Letter from Taylor Capital Group, Inc. to Daniel C. Stevens dated December 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 1, 2004).*
10.32    Third Amendment to Loan and Subordinated Debenture Purchase Agreement Between LaSalle Bank National Association and Taylor Capital Group, Inc. dated December 9, 2004, effective as of November 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 9, 2004).

 

101


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibits


10.33    Master Agreement by and between Cole Taylor Bank and DMCB, LLC dated September 8, 2004 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 16, 2004).
10.34    Letter Agreement by and between Cole Taylor Bank and Arbor Acquisitions, Inc., as nominee of DMCB, LLC, dated November 12, 2004 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 16, 2004).
10.35    Letter Agreement by and between Cole Taylor Bank and Arbor Acquisitions, Inc., as nominee of DMCB, LLC, dated November 15, 2004 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 16, 2004).
10.36    Sublease by and between Cole Taylor Bank and Arbor Acquisitions, Inc. dated November 19, 2004 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 16, 2004).
10.37    Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.38 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed on March 10, 2005).*
10.38    Form of Officer and Employee Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed on March 10, 2005).*
10.39    Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.40 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed on March 10, 2005).*
10.40    Form of Officer and Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.41 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed on March 10, 2005).*
10.41    Tenth Amendment of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.42 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2005 filed on May 6, 2005).*
10.42    Eleventh Amendment of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of October 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.43 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2005 filed on May 6, 2005).*
10.43    Salary Continuation Following Death Benefit Letter to Jeffrey W. Taylor dated June 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.44 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 filed on August 3, 2005).*
10.44    Salary Continuation Following Death Benefit Letter to Bruce W. Taylor dated June 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.45 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 filed on August 3, 2005).*
12.1      Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios.
21.1      List of Subsidiaries of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
23.1      Consent of KPMG LLP.
31.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Security Exchange Act of 1934.

 

102


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibits


31.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Security Exchange Act of 1934.
32.1      Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K.

 

  (b) Exhibits

 

See Item 15(a)(3) above

 

  (c) Financial Statement Schedules

 

See Item 15(a)(2) above

 

103


Table of Contents

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 13th day of March 2006.

 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

/s/    DANIEL C. STEVENS        


Daniel C. Stevens
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/    JEFFREY W. TAYLOR        
Jeffrey W. Taylor
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    JEFFREY W. TAYLOR        


Jeffrey W. Taylor

  

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

  March 13, 2006

/s/    BRUCE W. TAYLOR        


Bruce W. Taylor

  

President and Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    RONALD L. BLIWAS        


Ronald L. Bliwas

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    ADELYN DOUGHERTY LEANDER        


Adelyn Dougherty Leander

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    RONALD EMANUEL        


Ronald Emanuel

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    EDWARD MCGOWAN        


Edward McGowan

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    LOUISE O’SULLIVAN        


Louise O’Sullivan

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    MELVIN E. PEARL        


Melvin E. Pearl

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    SHEPHERD G. PRYOR IV        


Shepherd G. Pryor IV

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    RICHARD W. TINBERG        


Richard W. Tinberg

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

/s/    MARK L. YEAGER        


Mark L. Yeager

  

Director

  March 13, 2006

 

104

EX-12.1 2 dex121.htm STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIOS Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

Exhibit 12.1

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS

                                        

Earnings

                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 51,294     $ 34,286     $ 27,315     $ (29,740 )   $ 27,159  

Plus:

                                        

Total Fixed Charges (See below)

     71,696       48,206       47,140       51,374       81,639  

Less:

                                        

Preferred stock dividend (1)

     —         (2,885 )     (5,297 )     (5,295 )     (5,297 )
    


 


 


 


 


Total Earnings

   $ 122,990     $ 79,607     $ 69,158     $ 16,339     $ 103,501  
    


 


 


 


 


Fixed Charges

                                        

Total interest expense (2)

   $ 69,202     $ 42,830     $ 40,154     $ 44,680     $ 74,816  

Interest included in operating lease rental expense (3)

     2,494       2,491       1,689       1,399       1,526  

Preferred stock dividend (1)

     —         2,885       5,297       5,295       5,297  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Fixed Charges

   $ 71,696     $ 48,206     $ 47,140     $ 51,374     $ 81,639  
    


 


 


 


 


Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     1.72x       1.65x       1.47x       0.32x       1.27x  
    


 


 


 


 


EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS

                                        

Earnings

                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 51,294     $ 34,286     $ 27,315     $ (29,740 )   $ 27,159  

Plus:

                                        

Total Fixed Charges excluding interest on deposits (See below)

     19,686       16,964       18,744       16,089       22,464  

Less:

                                        

Preferred stock dividend (1)

     —         (2,885 )     (5,297 )     (5,295 )     (5,297 )
    


 


 


 


 


Total Earnings

   $ 70,980     $ 48,365     $ 40,762     $ (18,946 )   $ 44,326  
    


 


 


 


 


Fixed Charges

                                        

Total interest expense (2)

   $ 69,202     $ 42,830     $ 40,154     $ 44,680     $ 74,816  

Interest included in operating lease rental expense (3)

     2,494       2,491       1,689       1,399       1,526  

Preferred stock dividend (1)

     —         2,885       5,297       5,295       5,297  

Less: interest expense on deposits

     (52,010 )     (31,242 )     (28,396 )     (35,285 )     (59,175 )
    


 


 


 


 


Total Fixed Charges excluding interest on deposits

   $ 19,686     $ 16,964     $ 18,744     $ 16,089     $ 22,464  
    


 


 


 


 


Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     3.61x       2.85x       2.17x       (1.18 )x     1.97x  
    


 


 


 


 



(1) The stock dividend amount has been grossed up to compute the pretax income equivalent assuming an estimated 35% tax rate.

 

(2) Interest expense includes cash interest expense on deposits and other debt and amortization of debt issuance costs.

 

(3) Calculation of interest included in operating lease rental expense is representative of the interest factor attributable to the lease payment.
EX-21.1 3 dex211.htm LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. List of Subsidiaries of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

 

Wholly-owned subsidiaries of Taylor Capital Group:

 

  (A) Cole Taylor Bank (1)
  (B) CT Mortgage Company, Inc. (2)
  (C) TAYC Capital Trust I (3)
  (D) TAYC Capital Trust II (3)

 

Wholly-owned subsidiaries of Cole Taylor Bank:

 

  (A) 1965 Milwaukee Ave. Building Corp. (1)
  (B) Cole Taylor Deferred Exchange Corp. (1)
  (C) Cole Taylor Financial Services, Inc. (1)
  (D) TCGRE, Inc. (1)
  (E) Cole Taylor Insurance Services, Inc. (1)
  (F) CT Group, L.L.C. (4)

 

Notes:

 

  (1) State of Incorporation – Illinois
  (2) State of Incorporation – Delaware
  (3) Delaware statutory trust
  (4) Illinois limited liability company
EX-23.1 4 dex231.htm CONSENT OF KPMG LLP. Consent of KPMG LLP.

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

The Board of Directors

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-100809) on Form S-8 of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. of our reports dated March 13, 2006, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, which reports appear in the December 31, 2005 annual report on Form 10-K of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

March 13, 2006

EX-31.1 5 dex311.htm CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) UNDER THE SEC ACT OF 1934 Certification of CEO Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the SEC Act of 1934

Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934

 

I, Jeffrey W. Taylor, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 13, 2006

 

/s/    JEFFREY W. TAYLOR        


Jeffrey W. Taylor
Chief Executive Officer
EX-31.2 6 dex312.htm CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) UNDER THE SEC ACT OF 1934 Certification of CFO Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the SEC Act of 1934

Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934

 

I, Daniel C. Stevens, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 13, 2006

 

/s/    DANIEL C. STEVENS        


Daniel C. Stevens
Chief Financial Officer
EX-32.1 7 dex321.htm SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO Section 906 Certification of CEO and CFO

Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.

Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certify that:

 

(i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 13, 2006

 

/s/    JEFFREY W. TAYLOR


   

Jeffrey W. Taylor

Chief Executive Officer

Dated: March 13, 2006

 

/s/    DANIEL C. STEVENS


   

Daniel C. Stevens

Chief Financial Officer

 

This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or another document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and will be retained by Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its Staff upon request.

GRAPHIC 8 g37309g70i55.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 g37309g70i55.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`@$`8`!@``#_[0E^4&AO=&]S:&]P(#,N,``X0DE-`^T` M`````!``8`````$``0!@`````0`!.$))300-```````$````'CA"24T$&0`` M````!````!XX0DE-`_,```````D```````````$`.$))300*```````!```X M0DE-)Q````````H``0`````````".$))30/U``````!(`"]F9@`!`&QF9@`& M```````!`"]F9@`!`*&9F@`&```````!`#(````!`%H````&```````!`#4` M```!`"T````&```````!.$))30/X``````!P``#_____________________ M________`^@`````_____________________________P/H`````/______ M______________________\#Z`````#_____________________________ M`^@``#A"24T$"```````$`````$```)````"0``````X0DE-!!X```````0` M````.$))300:``````!M````!@``````````````&P```(`````&`&<`-P`P M`&D`-0`U`````0`````````````````````````!``````````````"````` M&P`````````````````````````````````````````````X0DE-!!$````` M``$!`#A"24T$%```````!`````(X0DE-!`P`````!N(````!````<````!@` M``%0```?@```!L8`&``!_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`@$`2`!(``#_[@`.061O8F4` M9(`````!_]L`A``,"`@("0@,"0D,$0L*"Q$5#PP,#Q48$Q,5$Q,8$0P,#`P, M#!$,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,`0T+"PT.#1`.#A`4#@X. M%!0.#@X.%!$,#`P,#!$1#`P,#`P,$0P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P, M#`P,#`S_P``1"``8`'`#`2(``A$!`Q$!_]T`!``'_\0!/P```04!`0$!`0$` M`````````P`!`@0%!@<("0H+`0`!!0$!`0$!`0`````````!``(#!`4&!P@) M"@L0``$$`0,"!`(%!P8(!0,,,P$``A$#!"$2,05!46$3(G&!,@84D:&Q0B,D M%5+!8C,T)E\K.$P]-U MX_-&)Y2DA;25Q-3D]*6UQ=7E]59F=H:6IK;&UN;V-T=79W>'EZ>WQ]?G]Q$` M`@(!`@0$`P0%!@<'!@4U`0`"$0,A,1($05%A<2(3!3*!D12AL4(CP5+1\#,D M8N%R@I)#4Q5C+RLX3#TW7C\T:4 MI(6TE<34Y/2EM<75Y?569G:&EJ:VQM;F]B7I[?'_]H`#`,!``(1 M`Q$`/P#T3*Z[@8G6<'HMI<D?5W#^ MU]3N],.D55-]UMC@/H4U_G?UOYIG^$L7"?7CKG6,+Z\TY/1L!V==TG!)L;Z; M[&M]??NML;1#_38S9^>M7ZA=,Z-UAC/K1EYAZWUIX:+;;FAOV5X&[[/3BC]' M3Z;OH7;?^$Q_3]1)3B_5[_&;CY'5\OJ_7>H/P\3;Z&)TFJI]C&M)8]N3;=6P MM=:W9L_TGO\`\'3^B79X'^,'ZF]0N%.-U2KU'&&BT/ID^`=E,I:L[_&OEV8G MU,R*J&'];MJHE3_3$I]#Z3U;!Z MS@5]0Z?8;<6TN%=A:YF[8YU3B&V!C_IL5Q>=V=2ZOTK`^K/U0Z(^K$S>HXC7 M6YMWN;7[/5M]!OT7VOL];9ZC/W&?X3U*R9O2\#ZMW8V7]9/K?U,O>\6-J%MC M:[75EK[&_9:6Y+FT;G,_1I*?0$ESG3O\8/U3ZGU&GIN!F&_)R)%;13:`2`7[ M=UE3/S6KHTE,765L+6O<&EYVL!(!<8W;6_O>UJC;DX]!8VZUE1M);6'N#2YP M:ZQS6;OIN;6Q]G]12:F-S;[JB):Z*F55;Q_;L24[-7UE^KESVUT]5PK+'_18S(J<3_5 M:UZOU7575BVE[;*W?1>PAS3&FCFKSC_&+]6_J]TSIG3:L#H[26.RG.!954 M[IH=LQZ\=Y]6O]$S_P`]I*?_T/0<7HIQ_K!G]8];B]8,^H^L?H+@3N!)) M*?HG"P>K]:Z=?T_ZWX6.W9;6ZM^+82RT5N; MCUULQL;(ILH:VMC0U@L#F[ZZF[6>QSO47S(DDI]XJ^JK/K+]6,+!Z_1;A=4Z M4/L]>4P^\.IVUC)HM,^M1E-KKM=_K:J]OU'^MD5@]>HZ@,4DXAZAA57O826R MX9-WKWM?[&^_I[W+HU\JI)*?HSK7U/P^K]3KZJ<[.PVRQX=[??9_->E_.6+P)))3]&X'U,Z% MTZG$HPZWU58>4I_@W?X/TOTBW5\JI)*?__9.$))300A M``````!5`````0$````/`$$`9`!O`&(`90`@`%``:`!O`'0`;P!S`&@`;P!P M````$P!!`&0`;P!B`&4`(`!0`&@`;P!T`&\`.W^M^MT_U[JRZ[1:X-8.U5B&550$54M$F>'.Q9 MT24@,4M*'$<9'@AF1I,NR,L]QC[*VIQJW%W>WIT4)6UJ:V]*4(T]0>:6446'(A"QC&< M]!A1Y/?VR@NJE.*Y=A->7(Q.T*_$=3IV+!CXN;:O3CB[ZYD M1D@ID,2@<_1A')G-6G1DG(6P1J]4&G.`ZB,;V0:Z46A M%X$>ZNHB4Y0EHT\F'&T28M<>/S"&6$"0L8LAQD/E\,!9'`+(KNUXRDFE6SV% MV5#G`P\E!+(!*6.8QE<:F'VU)21^CJYQ:U)BJW*[PW M2F:QMVL`&FH;6V9G<-C'RL3\M:;1D4'CT'2H#7=:E:TSL6^46J5`[XBQ$@P` MWXO,7CH%]0E<[3^Z);TFP^S%\,>N7%2S3B1,L6T=UOLE0Z6[:SG"I:3DA+ME M($*D*)C<,'M"=>D*5I`'A1"3*VMK0X5$/2D-$->\.7%35^6,V(<>NHA2Z.L: M./MCN_437TO>\)$28A(!:M>):QO;BY2!021C"AT4&&N*G(S,FGCR:9Y@P'Z) M;C<+<7Y$^6JW-_*`K^95O9EL.+!I92K1J7&I_'B85![AO<"4]"RZR=59OR6\RNC^J=Q\<7&O&]/)1$J;K MRUS7]F2W=LW:&([7E)68R4S)WU_B3A&V*ZY2B6&>@/41]L;D^4B`XQ0H4HPA MY.(_ERY+]@.1?C/EG(%L=)*?TW:J7VD2-TIF+XMI"D=G&^MZ=LYM?;%MEV=' MQG@5LS2'S02I+!I7CN990\<>L. MN.NM>[PV/CZ;T2?9^^9[AV>X;3-6J35!3K(JW;\Q@9R["`C)KHJ],)1DML4( M)VF,@B\$-ECN!,%,J<4#0X.:0@HQU6IS30IDV1@+SG M(`>.`]`Z'0<]V=6UA:G-\>5J=M:&9O6NKJXJS,%)4#:W)C%BY:I-%\)2=*E) M$8,6?P"$.<]!0;[8]\M*>\1=/71<$^D%B3*]K7V0LY2\RAZ?Y`^)"!7?-80- MN6.LD7N3BI+RXPI0J(_C#`%.J`'QR+`LY"OC5KCSI;F&LWGA=-IY+-)/44PY M3H]5L,<*LGKE$W%K?=&:T?(%'U:(S)SU'W-O3PNYTR(85#8>C6FI@*,9-&G2 M"2A4+R6Z(\7?&=RZ\?U`HKJO35;72S:GD=K[IRX%S7B\N3W%T*Z?H:V/-?(B M6LFCOW+&U4GQB;8[H[H\2,2 MJ*0+-GYQN&Z/M@0RL[(3QZ?)JZBFN4^GT4A\I9$IDI_+80M1!!65R,;J>,I4 M0F+5$!__T;R)]Q[AOCW$$NO;875F.W)J;_2C1P:,S*T8`P3RJ"KR.V"1MYL7 M+2R1&Y-&9T&M'!]%DD9`C2FM8,?PA.!D010V,X5-J^-FWI=O5[?^6I8>\R$X MIVO7CWGRY.Z4O<;.@7J7'+17!+VJ;"FL*8;@I&D9U#JW*FT!YX&-U1!&4W#" M9?'Y[A2B-I+7@FGNTM)W;HEOQ*%2N.AH*XZ]F94=E4J;$;HX*28--CH\A5($ MJYM9E!Y1@1//9HIL!R-<= MLRU=UK70U'8LFLZII$:7/)(NBT:6QN*2HET=RECFA9WPP0D1@25H2LD9[GI< M^3S&X+`,./>W`;H1M)I_IMJ'>44E1LCM?4EPR!B6H5-H8[%./NSJ M-VPKRFH6086@?&BEK!3.%CY?UZHEX>'0X4#DK\_.KHIRK<5BM*-0H&>8,SS@ MRO)IQY[+[@W%J9S@\-MVQLO9V(TQ#R8Q"90ZQ\,&NRH'Q#*7]L+;'UV6+(.?(G1HR`%@QXY\`AQT#.;306P;1UCV,K.I'*-L]JV+1%O06L MG>996!B#58,NKZ0Q^&.4J$WH'5?B-H9&X)C5V2$JD[TH1^0HP7@#(9X='-6O M<6ZLZT:Y:A0X[B-JBIZ*^11=SG2M5LK/;5DD)(E)LB?E:"/MT=;Z]/DCX0N5 M%KS3Q(!K%"@9Q1B,P7="#(ZH<4_N(=-UE\U[0^]/']!:@O39VS]EY%/'*NIK M9-P+YA9JZ-)'UZ5Q:1TDTPY(JN>VF\B77[;ECI+CN;==90=.JEBXRK%V@!;)TO5VR"G'V.2B$1R*M\?='8U MM+*PQ>*LS='HZR-Y61" M+0M#(T)D;:VHRQ#SD)1)0`8SG/ACH/_2W\=`=!'BQ/OE1G_G?^WEGW$^^7TR M\?8S^_\`YM_MGJ.@D/T!T!T"/L/Z`G'T?]'R;[A_0'^BK?KC_I_\S_R7
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----